ML092850024: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML092850024
| number = ML092850024
| issue date = 10/10/2009
| issue date = 10/10/2009
| title = Summer Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Sim/In-Plant JPMs
| title = Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Sim/In-Plant JPMs
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:* *
{{#Wiki_filter:().. /
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL:
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:     JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL: WRQ     APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED IIJollday
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* .lillie 12. 2009 () . ./ Pllge lof7 * *
* IIJollday* .lillie 12. 2009                                             Pllge lof7
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL:
* TASK:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
EXAMINER:
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical. Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
THIS JPM IS APPROVED IIJollday  
TE~"lINA TING         CUE:     Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm.
* .lillie 12. 2009 () . ./ Pllge lof7
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                     PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR                                                          PERFORM
* *
* TASK: 000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical.
Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications 000001A101 AA1.01 Bank select switch 3.5 3.2 000001A102 AA1.02 Rod in-out-hold switch 3.6 3.4 TOOLS: AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:  
AOP-403.3                 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO.               KIA NO.                                                   RO                   SRO 000001A205             AA2.05     Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from               4.4                 4.6 available indications
/
* 000001A101 000001A102 TOOLS:
... ---.----------
AA1.01 AA1.02 AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 Bank select switch Rod in-out-hold switch 3.5 3.6 3.2 3.4 EVALUATION TIME                         15           TIME CRITICAL     No             IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START:                           TIME FINISII:                 PERFORMANCE TIME:
--
PERFORMANCE RATING:                     SAT:             UNSAT:
SIGNATURE DATE .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7 * *
EXAMINER:                                                             ~-.-----".- ...---.---------- --
* TASK: 000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
                                                                                                          /
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical.
                                                                                                          -~--------
Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
SIGNATURE                           DATE
TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR
* .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009                                                                                       Page 10f7
* READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TlNG CUES:        The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE!
* MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009                                                                    P(/gelof7
* STEPS CUES:
I NOTE:
_ _ _AOP-403.3 STEP:
Immediate      ________________________ J Action.
CR SEQ                                                              STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Verify rod motion is NOT required:                  Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of
                    - Tavg is within 1SF of Tref.                     Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim.
AND
                    - No load rejection has occurred (C7A OR C7B).
COMMENTS:                                                                                        SAT _ __  _ _
UNSAT STEP:      2 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
I NOTE:
_ _ _AOP-403.3 Immediate      ________________________ J Action.
CR SEQ                                                              STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in                 Operator locates and positions Rod MAN.                                                Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL.
COMMENTS:                                                                                        SAT UNSAT STEP:      3 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
IN_OLE;,. A_O':.-4.9 3J L !rl m e,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..
CR SEQ                                                              STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Verify rod motion is stopped.                      Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.
COMMENTS:                                                                                        SAT UNSAT
* MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009                                                                              Page 5 of7
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:      4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Stabilize Main Turbine load.                Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:      5 CUES:
    .------------------------------------~
:EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your                  I procedures. "
    .------------------------------------~
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within Operator locates and positions Control 1.0°F of Tref.                              Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F.
* COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point.
SAT _
UNSAT
* MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009                                                                      Page 6 of7
* JPM NO: JPS-036B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:              CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET:        12 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN
: 2. When student is ready, activate:
MAL-CRF006A              SEVERITY =72  Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion)
BST-RC040                ACTUATED      Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)
CVC016A                  SET =50        Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto)
COMMENTS:
* Monday * .lillie 22. 2009                                                            Page 70f7
* JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TING CUES:          The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfollday* .lillie 11. 1009


==REFERENCES:==
**              SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO._ _ __
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2
..                                                      SAFETY ~ELATED DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE  DATE    DATE    LETTER CHANGE  DATE      DATE A-    P    sh~
sl~~
**                          CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required .
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.


AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications 000001A101 AA1.01 Bank select switch 3.5 3.2 000001A102 AA1.02 Rod in-out-hold switch 3.6 3.4 TOOLS: AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:
~                                                                                                                                                            SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM - A                                                                    CHANGEF L     DATE: 3118/96                 PROC.#       AOP-403.3                           REV. # _2__             OiG.~                              COMM. # _ __
/
TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC       __       OiANGE X               PERMANENT ~                                                                      SAFETY RELATED                       x REVISION       __                               RESTRICTED ___ FROM _ _ _ _ _ TO                                                 QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED _ _
... ---.----------
L     DE~:              Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light.
--
REASON FOR CHANGE:
SIGNATURE DATE .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7 
MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light.
* *
onglnator IL     WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
* YES               NO                      N/A
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
: 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw)
The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
: 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment?                                                             --*-
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE! MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7
: 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan?                                   --               --*-
* *
: 4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity. Safeguards Contingency - -
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns?                                                       __
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
* If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _
The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT:
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE! MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7 
() OPS       () NL&OE 0 CHS
* *
                                                  ..... '"YES-, m.rto.~ section ofpl'OaldU"forcliredio~n.
* STEPS STEP: CUES: .------------------------------------.
() GMNPO             l..£: I!.
NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________
tif1:.
J CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required:
ofpl'OaldU"forcliNdio~n.
-Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. AND -No load rejection has occurred (C7 A OR C7B). COMMENTS:
f
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
() MNTS     () PM     0 HPS J1GMESJlGMES                  ~                                      iSine Supel'VlSor                                                 O.te b.te
Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
      ;::.i2'QA
NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________
      . (roC
J CR SEQ Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN. COMMENTS:
() NPS
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
()TS
Operator locates and positions Rod Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
() MNT 0 DE
IN_OLE;,.
                                                ) GMNSS QRC 0,--,)
A_O':.-4.9 3 J L m!rl e ,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l.
L:)...c.                 ** *
______________________
:rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S                                     ~            "~        ",/ ~
.. CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. COMMENTS:
A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN
MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
        ~REQUIRED EVALUAnoN;:::~ /
Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.
( y~ ~
SAT UNSAT Page 5 of7 * *
f"    r
* STEPS STEP: CUES: .------------------------------------.
        ~ REQUIRED        0 EXEMPT II    ~ PSRC           SUPPORTING DOCUMENT: MRF 22769C
NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________
                                          ."                                                                 '-,/::i!D~)~6a""'p::::li-ne-s~upervtS---'::'-or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce--
J CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required:
-Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. AND -No load rejection has occurred (C7 A OR C7B). COMMENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim. SAT __ _ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________
J CR SEQ Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and positions Rod Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
IN_OLE;,.
A_O':.-4.9 3 J L m!rl e ,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l.
______________________
.. CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. COMMENTS:
MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.
SAT UNSAT Page 5 of7 
* *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.
SAT UNSAT
:EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "
CR SEQ Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within 1.0&deg;F of Tref. COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and positions Control Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0&deg;F. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of7 * *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.
SAT UNSAT
:EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "
CR SEQ Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within 1.0&deg;F of Tref. COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and positions Control Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0&deg;F. SAT __ _ UNSAT Page 6 of7 
* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-036B DESCRIPTION:
CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. When student is ready, activate:
MAL-CRF006A BST-RC040 CVC016A COMMENTS:
Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 SEVERITY = 72 ACTUATED SET = 50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion) Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)
Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto) Page 70f7 * *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-036B DESCRIPTION:
CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. When student is ready, activate:
MAL-CRF006A BST-RC040 CVC016A COMMENTS:
Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 SEVERITY = 72 ACTUATED SET = 50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion) Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)
Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto) Page 70f7
* JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollday * .lillie 11. 1009
* JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollday * .lillie 11. 1009 
** .. *
* CHANGE TYPE LETTER CHANGE A-P SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO. -----;-ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2 SAFETY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required . Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
** .. *
* CHANGE TYPE LETTER CHANGE A-P SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO. ___ _ ;-ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2 SAFETY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required . Read Each Step Prior to Performing. 
* .. PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM -A SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 CHANGEF L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 REV. # _2__
COMM. # __ _ TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT SAFETY RELATED REVISION __ RESTRICTED
___ FROM _____ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED L Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light. REASON FOR CHANGE: MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light. IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:
* YES 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment?  
: 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? --4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity.
Safeguards Contingency  
--or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ onglnator NO --*---*-N/A
* If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ ..... '"YES-,
section REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT: tif1:. () OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS () GMNPO l..&#xa3;: I!. f () MNTS () PM 0 HPS JlGMES iSine Supel'VlSor  
;::.i2'QA  
() NPS () MNT ) GMNSS L:)...c. * * * . (roC ()TS 0 DE QRC 0,--,) :rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S  
"" A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT:
MRF 22769C V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:
x O.te QUAUFIED REVIEWER _______ DATE __ _ QA REVIEW ________ DATE ___ _ TELECONBY SHIFT SUPERVISOR
_______ DATE __ _ VI.
TRAINING REQUIRED?
YES __ NO_ / '"
YES_ NO_ P/CAPAFFECl'ED?
V. COMMENTSRESOLVED:_
iscipline Supervisor D.te X. PSltC RMEW: A. REVIEWED BY: Date COMMENTS:
YES_ NO_ TELECONBY
___________
_ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _____ _ VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? C. YES NO -J.L:t1 --NLiOE//" T YES I --ftR:l":ES""P:-.
-----l..--.:O:-
* .,.....te b.te va :i iliJrAppHcaWe)
QA Concurreno Date Approv)llConcurrence , I O.te B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:
Responsible Manager Date PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn Date * .. PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM -A SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 CHANGEF REV. # _2__
COMM. # __ _ L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT SAFETY RELATED x REVISION __ RESTRICTED
___ FROM _____ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED __ L Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light. REASON FOR CHANGE: MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light. IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:
* YES 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment?
: 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? --4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity.
Safeguards Contingency
--or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ onglnator NO --*-
--*-N/A
* If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ ..... '"YES-,
section REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT: tif1:. () OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS () GMNPO l..&#xa3;: I!. f () MNTS () PM 0 HPS J1GMES iSine Supel'VlSor b.te ;::.i2'QA
() NPS () MNT ) GMNSS L:)...c. * * * . (roC ()TS 0 DE QRC 0,--,) :rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S ,/ IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY
/ f" r 0 EXEMPT II PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT:
MRF 22769C ( ." -or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce--
V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:
V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:
QUAUFIED REVIEWER _______ DATE __ _ TELECONBY SHIFT SUPERVISOR
QUAUFIED REVIEWER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __                                       QA REVIEW _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ _ __
_______ DATE __ _ VI.
TELECONBY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
TRAINING REQUIRED?
TELECONBY
YES __ NO_ / '"
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __                                  FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _ _ _ _ __
YES_ NO_ P/CAPAFFECl'ED?
SHIFT SUPERVISOR VI. DlSaPlJNE~OR~:                                                              VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI?                                                   ~
V. COMMENTSRESOlVED:_
C. YES         NO                                       -J.L:t1 TRAINING REQUIRED?      YES __      NO_                                                  -           -           NLiOE//" T                                       b.te
iscipline Supervisor D.te X. PSltC RMEW: A. REVIEWED BY: Oate COMMENTS:
                                                                      /                  ~    YES
YES_ NO_ QA REVIEW ________ DATE ___ _ TELECONBY
                                                                                                            ~
___________
                                                                                                                --          ftR:l":ES""P:lP;-.-.i'<M~G'I;R-.
_ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _____ _ VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? C. YES NO -J.L:t1 --NLiOE//" T YES I --iiR:J!:ESi'lP;-.  
iiR:J!:ESi' I
-----I.-"b.-:.=te b.te va :i iliJrAppHcaWe)
                                                                                                                                                  ;-:M~G""R-.-----I.-"b.-:.=te
QA Concurreno Date Approv)1lConcurrence , J O.te B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:
                                                                                                                                                              -----l..--.:O:-*.,.....te
Responsible Manager Date PSRC ChiJrrnlln Date
    '"    IFYES.PRIORTOPROCEDUREIMPl.EME~ON?
.. *
P/CAPAFFECl'ED?    YES~NO          V.
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION SECTION PURPOSE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACT! ONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE i AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 1 1 2 *
YES_    NO_
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION SECTION PURPOSE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACT! ONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE i AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 1 1 2 
va   :i     ~A  iliJrAppHcaWe)
** .. *
COMMENTSRESOlVED:_
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REFERENCES  
COMMENTSRESOLVED:_                                        It-Zft-~              QA Concurreno                                                                         Date iscipline Supervisor                D.te Approv)1lConcurrence Approv)llConcurrence                                                        , JI      O.te X.      PSltC RMEW:
: 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. REVISION  
A. REVIEWED BY:                                                                  B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:
Date Oate                                  Responsible Manager                                                       Date COMMENTS:          YES_ NO_
ChiJrrnlln PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn PSRC                                                                     Date
 
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                           ~
PURPOSE                                             1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS                           1 OPERATOR ACT! ONS                                   2
**                                PAGE i
 
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2
**                       CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REFERENCES
: 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1.
: 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2.
: 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System.
: 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System.
: 5. 1080837. Sheet 9.
: 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21.
REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested . PAGE ii ** .. *
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REFERENCES
: 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. REVISION


==SUMMARY==
Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested .
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested . PAGE ii
**                                PAGE ii
** *
 
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion. SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS  
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion.
: 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.  
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
: 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
: 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
: 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change.
: 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
* RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
* RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
* RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
* RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
* CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
* CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
* eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
* eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
**
* CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
* CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
* RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
* RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
Line 219: Line 196:
* aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
* aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
* IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
* IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
* PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . PAGE 1 OF 3 ** *
* PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4).
* CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion. SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
: 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) .
: 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
**                                 PAGE 1 OF 3
: 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
 
* RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2
* RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
**                                CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Q)
* CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
CD  Verify rod motion is NOT required:           1 GO TO AOP-214.2. RESPONSE TO LOAD REJECTION/RUNBACK.
* eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
* CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
* RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
* OP aT AUTO IURB RUNBCK W/DRWl BLCK (XCP-621 1-4>.
* aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
* IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
* PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . PAGE 1 OF 3
** .. *
* CD @ G) 4 5 6 7 8 AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Verify rod motion is NOT required:
1 GO TO AOP-214.2.
RESPONSE TO LOAD 0 REJECTION/RUNBACK.
* Tavg is within 1.5&deg;F of Tref. 0 OOD
* NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch 0 in MAN. . Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:
a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.
Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.
(2220 psig to 2250 psig). Notify the following plant personnel:
* Management Duty Supervisor.
0
0
* Reactor Engineering . 0
* Tavg is within 1.5&deg;F of Tref.       0 OOD
* Rod Control System Engineer . 0 PAGE 2 OF 3 ** .. *
* NQ load rejection has occurred       D (C7A OR C78).
* Q) tv 4 5 6 7 8 AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Verify rod motion is NOT required:
  ~
1 GO TO AOP-214.2.
  @  Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN.
RESPONSE TO LOAD 0 REJECTION/RUNBACK.
0                              .
* Tavg is within 1.5&deg;F of Tref. 0 OOD
tv G)  Verify rod motion is stopped.           0     3 Perform the following:
* NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch 0 in MAN. . Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:
a) Trip the Reactor.               0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR           0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.
a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.
4 Stabilize Main Turbine load.           0 5 Adjust Control Rods to maintain         0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref.
Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.  
6 Verify PZR level is stable at QR       0     6 Control Charging and letdown flow   0 trending to program level.                       to restore PZR level to program level.
(2220 psig to 2250 psig). Notify the following plant personnel:
7 Verify PZR pressure is stable at       0     7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to   0 OR trending to 2235 psig                         maintain normal PZR pressure.
* Management Duty Supervisor.
(2220 psig to 2250 psig).
0
8 Notify the following plant personnel:
* Reactor Engineering . 0
* Management Duty Supervisor.           0 0
* Rod Control System Engineer . 0 PAGE 2 OF 3
* Reactor Engineering .
: e. .. *
* Rod Control System Engineer .         0
* CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.
* PAGE 2 OF 3
9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] Supervisor.
 
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 --------------1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------
AOP-403.3
PAGE 3 OF 3 e. .. e e CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.
'~                                                                            REVISION 2
9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] Supervisor.
: e.                             CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE - Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 --------------1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------
9 Determine and correct the cause of   [J the failure.
PAGE 3 OF 3
10 Proceed as directed by the Shift     []
* *
Supervisor.
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) APPROVAL:
    --------------1                     End of AOP-403.3       1------------
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
e
* e PAGE 3 OF 3
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:     JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION)
APPROVAL: WRQ       APPROVAL DATE:   6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10 * *
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) APPROVAL:
* MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009                                                 Page I of 10
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
* TASK:
EXAMINER:
006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10
* *
* TASK: 006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON SIMULATOR  
TERMINA TlNG CUE:             Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON                               PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR                                                       PERFORM


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
 
SOP-112                 SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM ARP-001-XCP-611         PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO.             KIA NO.                                             RO            SRO 006000A113            A1.13     Accumulator pressure (level, boron         3.5           3.7 concentration)
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. 006000A113 KIA NO. A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron concentration)
* TOOLS:
RO 3.5 SRO 3.7 TOOLS: SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 EVALUATION TIME 30 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: EXAMINER:
EVALUATION TIME TIME START:
MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME UNSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page 10//0 * *
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 30 TIME FINISH:
* TASK: 006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
TIME CRITICAL       NO     IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME PERFORMANCE RATING:                   SAT:           UNSAT:
FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
EXAMINER:
TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON SIMULATOR
SIGNATURE              DATE
 
* MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009                                                                       Page 10//0
==REFERENCES:==
* READ TO OPERATOR:
 
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. 006000A113 KIA NO. A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron concentration)
RO 3.5 SRO 3.7 TOOLS: SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 EVALUATION TIME 30 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: EXAMINER:
MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME UNSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page 10//0
* *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION:
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! MOllday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10 * *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION:
INITIAL CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! MOllday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10
INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.
* *
ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME!
* STEPS STEP: CUES: 'IAW-ARP---------------------------------*
* MOllday* .lillie 22. 2009                                                               Page 3 0/10
I ____________________________________ CR SEQ No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 COilJiUENTS:
* STEPS CUES:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
STEP:
Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
I ____________________________________ ~
* Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
      'IAW-ARP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
* modeled on the simulator.
* CR SEQ                                                       STEP STANDARD:
I ______
No No             Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint COilJiUENTS:                                                                           SAT UNSAT STEP:       2 CUES:
CR SEQ No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump COMMENTS:
      *Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verifies recirc valve open COMMENTS: .UoIIJay * .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand. SAT UNSAT Page 5 of 10 * *
* STEPS STEP: CUES: 'IAW-ARP---------------------------------*
I ____________________________________ CR SEQ No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 COilJiUENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
* modeled on the simulator.
* modeled on the simulator.
I ______
I ______               ------------------------------~
CR SEQ No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump COMMENTS:
CR SEQ                                                       STEP STANDARD:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verifies recirc valve open COMMENTS: .UoIIJay * .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes           Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump   Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve)
Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) STEP STANDARD:
COMMENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT STEP:        3 CUES:
SAT UNSAT Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand. SAT UNSAT Page 5 of 10
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. COMMENTS:
No Yes            Verifies recirc valve open                Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand.
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
COMMENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT
Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
*  .UoIIJay* .lillie 11. 2009                                                                Page 5 of 10
* Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running
* CUES:
* __
CR SEQ STEP:     4 STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. STEP STANDARD:
No Yes         Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS.
Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT UNSAT STEP:      5 CUES:
SAT
    *Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running            .*
* STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. COMMENTS:
I~~~~            __  ------------------------------~
* .Uonda)' * ./une 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of 10
Yes Yes         Start the Hydro Test Pump.                   Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF.
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:                                                                                   SAT
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
*                                                                                           ~T STEP:     6 CUES:
Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
* Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running
No Yes         Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve.         PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF.
* __
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT   _~ __
CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. STEP STANDARD:
UNSAT
Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. COMMENTS:
* .Uonda)'* ./une 11. 1009                                                                        Page 6 of 10
SAT
* CUES:
* STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. COMMENTS:  
STEP:       7 I------------------------------------~
* .Uonda)' * ./une 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
IS.b0~Id..re.9u2s!. a.ee.2r &#xa3;h~c~ _________________________ ..
PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of 10
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
* *
No Yes          Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red accumulator.                          light ON and green light OFF.
* STEP: 7 CUES:
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT STEP:        8 CUES:
a .ee.2r
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
_________________________
Yes Yes          Commence filling 'A' accumulator.      HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner. 'A' accumulator level increasing.
.. CR SEQ No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' accumulator.
COiUMENTS:                                                                        SAT _ __
UNSAT STEP:      9 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes         Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa        Acknowledges alarm and determines 'A' annunciator.                          accumulator pressure is high.
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT
* MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009                                                                Page 70/10
* CUES:
STEP:        10 CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Secures filling operation.                  HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON ..
COMMENTS:                                                                             SAT _ __
UNSAT STEP:       11 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                       STEP STANDARD:
No Yes         Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%.
COMMENTS:                                                                              SAT ~~
*                                                                                      ~4T STEP:        12 CUES:
    *Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should
* I~~!~~~~~----------------------------~
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.            PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
COMMENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT
* MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009                                                                    Page 8 of 10
* CL'ES:
CR SEQ STEP:    13 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Secures venting of 'A' accumulator. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMj~JENTS:                                                                    SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* Jfollday. Jlllle 21. 1009                                                          Page 9(}/ 10
* JPM NO: JPSF-058A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:              FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION)
IC SET:       10 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN
: 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by:
LOA-AUX023                SEVERITY=1      (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT)
: 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65%
LOA-AUX023              SEVERITY=O
: 4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by:
VLV-SI036P              SEVERITY=100      (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM)
VLV-SI024P              SEVERITY=100      (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV)
When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig:
VLV-SI024P            SEVERITY=O VLV-SI036P              SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
: 5. FREEZE
: 6. When student is ready RUN.
: 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:
LOA-AUX009            SEVERITY=1          (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve)
LOA-AUX043            SELECT=RACK IN        (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker)
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator.
* MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009                                                           Page 100fl0
COiUMENTS:
 
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa annunciator.
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
COMMENTS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA. T10NS:
MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
INITl4.L CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.
PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
INITIA TING CUES:         As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.
SAT UNSAT HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
'A' accumulator level increasing.
MOllday* .lillie 11. 1009
SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
 
Acknowledges alarm and determines
ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 SETPOINT:                            ORIGIN:
'A' accumulator pressure is high. SAT UNSAT Page 70/10 * *
ACCUMA                     Hi - 88.6%               ILB00920A          ILB00920B LVL                    Lo - 65.6%               ILB00922A          ILB00922B HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE:
* STEP: 7 CUES:
: 1. Accumulator A over or under filled.
a .ee.2r
: 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.
_________________________
: 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS.
.. CR SEQ No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' accumulator.
: 4. Accumulator leak.
COMMENTS:
: 5. Instrument failure.
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator.
AUTOMATIC ACTIONS:
COiUMENTS:
: 1. None.
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa annunciator.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
COMMENTS:
* 1.
MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
2.
PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
3.
SAT UNSAT HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner.
Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %.
'A' accumulator level increasing.
Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level.
SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112.
Acknowledges alarm and determines
SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS:
'A' accumulator pressure is high. SAT UNSAT Page 70/10
: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
* STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures filling operation.
: 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. STEP STANDARD:
HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON .. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%. COMMENTS:
SAT *
* STEP: 12 CUES: .------------------------------------.
* Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
COMMENTS:
MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
SAT UNSAT Page 8 of 10
* STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures filling operation.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. STEP STANDARD:
HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON .. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%. COMMENTS:
SAT *
* STEP: 12 CUES: .------------------------------------.
* Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
COMMENTS:
MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
SAT UNSAT Page 8 of 10
* STEP: 13 CL'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator.
Examiner ends JPM at this point. *
* Jfollday.
Jlllle 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON. SAT UNSAT Page 9(}/ 10
* STEP: 13 CL'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator.
Examiner ends JPM at this point. *
* Jfollday.
Jlllle 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON. SAT UNSAT Page 9(}/ 10 
* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-058A DESCRIPTION:
FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by: LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT) 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65% LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O
: 4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by: VLV-SI036P VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM) (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV) When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig: VLV-SI024P VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
: 5. FREEZE 6. When student is ready RUN. 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:
LOA-AUX009 LOA-AUX043 COMMENTS:
SEVERITY=1 SELECT=RACK IN MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve) (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker) Page 100fl0 * *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-058A DESCRIPTION:
FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by: LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT) 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65% LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O
: 4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by: VLV-SI036P VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM) (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV) When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig: VLV-SI024P VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
: 5. FREEZE 6. When student is ready RUN. 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:
LOA-AUX009 LOA-AUX043 COMMENTS:
SEVERITY=1 SELECT=RACK IN MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve) (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker) Page 100fl0 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA.
T10NS: INITl4.L CONDITION:
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOllday * .lillie 11. 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA.
T10NS: INITl4.L CONDITION:
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOllday * .lillie 11. 1009 
* *
* ACCUMA LVL HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE: SETPOINT:
Hi -88.6% Lo -65.6% 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.  
: 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. 4. Accumulator leak. 5. Instrument failure. AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: 1. None. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 ORIGIN: ILB00920A ILB00920B ILB00922A ILB00922B
: 1. 2. 3. Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %. Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level. Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112. SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.  
: 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. 2. B-208-095, SI-80. 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.  
: 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1.
: 4. SOP-112. 5. 1MS-51-161 . PAGE 3 OF 13 * *
: 2. B-208-095, SI-80.
* ACCUMA LVL HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE: SETPOINT:
: 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.
Hi -88.6% Lo -65.6% 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.
: 4. SOP-112.
: 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. 4. Accumulator leak. 5. Instrument failure. AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: 1. None. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 ORIGIN: ILB00920A ILB00920B ILB00922A ILB00922B
: 5. 1MS-51-161 .
: 1. 2. 3. Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %. Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level. Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112. SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
* PAGE 3 OF 13
: 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.


==REFERENCES:==
SOP-112 REVISION 17 IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D  1.1    A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
: 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. 2. B-208-095, SI-80. 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.  
D  1.2    The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4.
: 4. SOP-112. 5. 1MS-51-161 . PAGE 3 OF 13 
CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.
* *
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D  2.1     Open the following (AB-388):
* IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS SOP-112 REVISION 17 A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
* D  2.2 a.
D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification  
b.
XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.
XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.
Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open.
D  2.3     Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup.
D  2.4     Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r)
D  2.5     Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH .
* PAGE 3 OF 30
 
SOP-112 REVISION 17
* o 2.6  To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows:
: a.      Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r)
CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV.
0         b.       Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%.
0        c.      When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV.
0        d.      Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP.
02.7      If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6.
02.8      Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.
* 02.9      Stop the HYDRO PUMP .
02.10    Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
2.11 Close the following (AS-388):
o        a.      XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.
o        b.      XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.
NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication),
Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.
o 2.12    If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.
END OF SECTION
* PAGE 4 OF 30


====3.5.4. CAUTION====
SOP-112 REVISION 17
2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.  
* D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1    None.
CAUTION 2.0 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1    Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed.
o 2.2    Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'()
o 2.3    Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure .
o 2.4    When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT.
o 2.5    Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C).
END OF SECTION
* PAGE 8 OF 30


===2.0 INSTRUCTIONS===
6 .
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:    JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)
APPROVAL: WRQ      APPROVAL DATE:  6/17/2009 REV NO:  0 CA NDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* Monday. June 12, 2009                                                P{/ge I of 10
* TASK:
008-021-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINA TING CUE:            "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads.
PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION                                PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR                                                      PERFORM


D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):  
==REFERENCES:==
: a. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. D 2.2 Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open. D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
SOP-118                COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO.            KIA NO.                                              RO              SRO 008000A408            A4.08    CCW pump control switch                    3.1            2.8
CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup. D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r) D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH . PAGE 3 OF 30 * *
* TOOLS:
* IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS SOP-112 REVISION 17 A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
EVALUATION TIlIJE TIME START:
D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification
SOP-118 15 TIME FINISH:
TIM.E CRITICAL      No      JOCFR55: 45(a)8 PERFORMANCE TIME:
PERFORMANCE RA TING:                  SAT:            UNSAT:
E.YAIJnNER:
SIGNATURE                DATE
* i'lfonduy. Jllne 11, 1009                                                                          Page 2 off(}
* RE4D TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed.
INITIA TlNG CUES:        CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB.
Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.
HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME!
* .Uonday. June 21. 1009                                                                  Puge3 olIO
* STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ                                                                STEP STANDARD:
No No        Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C),                    Places the control switch for XPP-58B, standby pump in OFF.                                  CCBP B, in OFF.
COMltJENTS:                                                                                      SAT .. ~_ ..
UNSAT STEP:      2 CUES:
      .------------------------------------~
      .EVALUATOR        NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going *
      *'oop.
      *EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going
      ~1~0P.:.iUs.lh~r"!lnlna.p~mJ?  __________________________                                                  !
CR SEQ                                                                STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and                  Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train
* TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in PULL-TO-                    B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.
LOCK.
COMMENTS:                                                                                        SAT UNSAT STEP:      3 CUES:
1------------------------------------ *
      *Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
      *CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports
* IA,!tal:h~el't ,YB.Js~0.Tp'!e~, !;x~ee! f&#xa3;,r ~c!i~ !!:! t!!e ~CJ>~me. b!.e~e.! 01' '~' !!~n.______ ..
CR SEQ                                                                STEP STANDARD:
No No        Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per                Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the Attachment VB with the exception of racking          'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC.                  of SOP-118.
COMMENTS:                                                                                        SAT UNSAT
*  ,Honday. June 22. 1009                                                                                Puge 5 oj 10
* CUES:
STEP:      4 CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S,          Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is     open with indication of red light ON and open.                                      green light OFF.
(This is the start of Step 2.4)
CO~HJENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT STEP:      5 CUES:
IE~a.!,!1i!:!.e~s.!l0~d..!:e9.u~st.re2r .s;h~c~ ______________________ ..
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed:      Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow XPP-0001 S, PUMP S                      speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:      6 CUES:
    *Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
    *complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a      *
    *Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-
    .essentialloop.
    *NOTE TO EVALUATOR: Steps 6 - B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid
    *succession.
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S,          Places control switch for MVS-9503S in stroking in the closed direction.          CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.
COMJfENTS:                                                                              SAT UNS.1T
* Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009                                                                    Page 6 of 10
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:    7 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-  When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX ESSEN LOAD ISOl.                   8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm
: 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 NON-  and 4000 gpm, perform the following in ESSEN LOAD ISOl.                   rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                        SAT UNSAT STEP:    8 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A NON- (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train ESSEN LOAD ISOl.                    CCW.) Places control switches for MV8*
: 2) Close MV8-9687Al9525A, LP A NON- 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687Al9525A, ESSEN LOAD ISOl.                   LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON.
COMMENTS:                                                                        SAT UNSAT STEP:    9 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                STEP STANDARD:
Yes No          1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A.  (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.) Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                        SAT lWSAT
* Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09                                                            Puge 7 of 10
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:      10 STEP STANDARD:
No No          Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C              Racked up in slow speed. Green light XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete      ON.
Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on
                    'B'train).
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:      11 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No No          Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in      Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch After-Stop.                             in After-Stop.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:      12 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No No          Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor.      through RML-2B.
COMilfENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT
* Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09                                                              Page 8 tlf 10
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:      13 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Ensure the following valves have not  The red light is ON and the green light is automatically closed due to high flow: OFF for all the following:
: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB                  MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583,
: 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB                  MVG-9593A,B,&C.
: 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX
: 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT ____ ~
UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* Jlondu),. June 12, 1009                                                              Page 90j 10
* JPM NO: JPS-068B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:            SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)
IC SET:      10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. INIT 10
: 2. When student is ready: RUN
: 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:
RUN BATCH FILE          CCCW2B
: 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:
* Monda),. June 22, 1009                                                                Page 100110


====3.5.4. CAUTION====
JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.  
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITl4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed.
INITl4T1NG CUES:        CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB.
Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfondu),. June 22, 2009


===2.0 INSTRUCTIONS===
SOP-118 REVISION 17 B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools.
D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 .
* PAGE 5 OF 82


D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):
SOP-118 REVISION 17 CAUTION 2.0
: a. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. D 2.2 Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open. D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
: a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup. D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r) D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH . PAGE 3 OF 30 
: 1)      For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start:
* *
a)     XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b)    XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down.
* SOP-112 REVISION 17 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows: o a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r) CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV. 0 0 0 02.7 02.8 02.9 02.10 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%. c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV. d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6. Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.
: 2)      For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start:
Stop the HYDRO PUMP . Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
a)    XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b)    XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down.
2.11 Close the following (AS-388):
: b. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable .
o o a. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication), Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.
* o 2.1 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF.
o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.
NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop,          CHG o
END OF SECTION PAGE 4 OF 30 * *
Step 2.2 should be omitted.
* SOP-112 REVISION 17 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows: o a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r) CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV. 0 0 0 02.7 02.8 02.9 02.10 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%. c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV. d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6. Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.
2.2    Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows:
Stop the HYDRO PUMP . Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:
2.11 Close the following (AS-388):
o                1)    Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)
o o a. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication), Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.
o                2)    Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B).
o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.
o         b. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK.
END OF SECTION PAGE 4 OF 30 
* PAGE 6 OF 82
* *
* D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. CAUTION 2.0 SOP-112 REVISION 17 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.


===2.0 INSTRUCTIONS===
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o          c.      Perform one of the following:
: 1)    Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.
: 2)    Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.
2.3    Establish Train A as the active loop as follows:
o          a.      Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open.
o          b.      Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r)
: 1)    XPP-0001 A, PUMP A.
: 2)    XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
* CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.
o          c.      Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction.
(PEER ,r)
: d.      When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
o                  1)    Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o                  2)    Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o                  3)    Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o                  4)    Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o                  5)    Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B.
* PAGE 7 OF 82


02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). END OF SECTION PAGE 8 OF 30 * *
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued
* D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. CAUTION 2.0 SOP-112 REVISION 17 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.  
: e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
D                1)      Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA.
D                2)      Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.
D        f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).
: g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:
D                1)      MVG-9625, CC TO RB.
D                2)      MVG-9626, CC TO RB.
D                3)      MVG-9583, FROM XS LTON HX .
* D D
D h.
i.
: 4)      MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.
Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02.
Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:
: 1)     XPP-0001B, PUMP B.
: 2)      XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.
: j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):
D               1)    One pump is in AUTO and operating.
D                2)    One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
D                3)      One pump is in OFF.
* PAGE 8 OF 82


===2.0 INSTRUCTIONS===
SOP-118 REVISION 17 2.4      Establish Train B as the active loop as follows:
o          a.      Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open.
o          b.      Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "")
: 1)      XPP-0001 B, PUMP B.
: 2)      XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.
CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.
0         c.      Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction.
(PEER "")
: d.      When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
0                  1)      Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0                  2)      Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0                  3)      Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0                  4)      Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0                  5)      Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A.
: e.      If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:
0                  1)      Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB.
0                  2)      Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
0          f.      Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) .
* PAGE 9 OF 82


02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). END OF SECTION PAGE 8 OF 30 
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued
* *
: g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) APPROVAL:
D                1)    MVG-9625, CC TO RB.
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: EXAMINER:
D                2)    MVG-9626, CC TO RB.
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Monday. June 12, 2009 6 . P{/ge I of 10 * *
D                3)    MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX.
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) APPROVAL:
D                4)    MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: EXAMINER:
D        h. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02.
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Monday. June 12, 2009 6 . P{/ge I of 10 
D        i. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:
* *
: 1)    XPP-0001A, PUMP A.
* TASK: 008-021-01-01 SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS TASK STANDARD:
: 2)    XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
* D D
TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION SIMULATOR
: j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):
1) 2)
One pump is in AUTO and operating.
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
D                3)    One pump is in OFF.
OA  D  2.5    Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running 9741          Component Cooling Water Pump Switch.
END OF SECTION
* PAGE 10 OF 82


==REFERENCES:==
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 Persons completing checklist (print)      Initials COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS                    DatelTime      Date/Time started                /
                                              /        Date/Time completed              /
ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B.
REQUIRED                    VERIFIERS COMPONENT                      DESCRIPTION                    POSITION        INITIALS    INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC        LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER              CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC        LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER                CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC          LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN            CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC          LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN              CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC          LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN              OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC          LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN              OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC        LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER                OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC        LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER                OPEN ISOL VALVE


SOP-118 PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD PERFORM COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. 008000A408 KIA NO. A4.08 CCW pump control switch RO 3.1 SRO 2.8 TOOLS: SOP-118 EVALUATION TIlIJE 15 TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: E.YAIJnNER:
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB
SIGNATURE DATE i'lfonduy.
* COMPONENT Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd)
Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(} * *
DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 INITIALS VERIFIERS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
* TASK: 008-021-01-01 SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS TASK STANDARD:
XSW1DA 07  CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC                RACKED OUT XSW1DA 07  CLOSING CNTRL POWER                          OFF CCP        XPP0001C-CC (RRP)
The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
XSW1DA 07  TRIPPING CNTRL POWER                          OFF TCP        XPP0001C-CC (RRT)
TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION SIMULATOR  
XET2001C J436' (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XET2001C    COMP COOLING PUMP "C"                      SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B")                LOCKS                        N/A    CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB)              REMOVED                                E NOTE 2 XET2001C    COMP COOLING PUMP "C"                        OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL                NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA XET2001C    COMP COOLING PUMP "c"                    CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL                NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB XET2001C    COMP COOLING PUMP "C"                      SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B")                LOCKS                                CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB)            INSTALLED                                E NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
XSWlOB 11  CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC                  RACKED IN XSW1DB 11  CLOSING CNTRL POWER                          ON CCP        XPP0001C-CC (RRP)
XSWlOB 11  TRIPPING CNTRL POWER                          ON TCP        XPP0001C-CC (RRT)
OA 9224 NOTE 1:  When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK.
NOTE 2:   Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows:
: 1)      CRS Keybox (CB-463).
: 2)      FEP Keybox (IB-436) .
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO:   JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL: WRQ        APPROVAL DATE:   6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* Jfonday. June 22, 1009                                                 Page J 0/9
* TASK:
000-083-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW.
TERMINATING CUE:             SI flow verified on FI-940.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                  PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD SIMULATOR                                                         PERFORM


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
AOP-115.5                LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS INDEX NO.            KIA NO.                                                RO        SRO 000025A120          AA 1.20    HPI pump control switch, indicators,        2.6        2.5 ammeter running lights, and flow meter TOOLS:            AOP-115.5
* EVALUATION TIME TIME START:
PERFORMANCE RA TING:
10 TIME FINISH:
SAT:
TLtlE CRITICAL UNSAT:
No    JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 (
PERFORMANCE TIME:
EXAMINER:
SIGNATURE          DATE
* JJonday. June 11, 1009                                                                        Page 1 of9
* READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITL4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Present conditions are:
                            - RCS hot leg level is low.
                            - Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
* INITL4TING CUES:        The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5. Attachment 2.
HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE!
* Monday. June 21, 1009                                                                        Page J of9
* STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Check if a Charging Pump is available. Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:      2 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Stop any running Charging Pump.        Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS:                                                                        SAT _ _
*                                                                                    ~4T STEP:      3 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG      Operator locates and places MVG-8107 LINE ISOL.                            and/or MVG- 8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT
* ;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009                                                                Page 5 0[9
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:      4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-8885
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: closed; green light ON and red light OFF
                  - MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:    5 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: 8801A & B closed; verifies green lights
                  - MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG        ON and red lights OFF.
INJ.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT _ _ _
UNSAT STEP:    6 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes        Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT            Operator locates and places TRN A LEGS.                                      PWR LCKOUT switch to ON.
Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT
* Monday, Jllne 11, 1009                                                                    Page 6 of9
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:    7 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow  Operator locates and places MVG-8106 Isolation.                        in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                      SAT UNSAT STEP:    8 CUES:
CR SEQ                                              STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Operator locates and places MVT-8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
COMMENTS:
UNSAT STEP:    9 CUES:
CR SEQ                                              STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Start one Charging Pump.          Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal.
COMMENTS:                                                                      SAT UNSAT
* :Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09                                                          Page 70/9
* CUES:
STEP:      10 CR SEQ                                              STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A Operator locates and verifies SI flow CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM.                indicated on FI-940.
SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009                                                              PageS 0/9
* JPM NO: JPSF-065 JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:          ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET:    20 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak          SEVERITY =????
OVR-AA028 SELECT        =TRUE ???
: 2. RUN
: 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1.
: 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 - 17.
: 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200&deg;F, then
* 6. FREEZE
: 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
* Monday. June 21, l()09                                                        Page 90f9


SOP-118 PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD PERFORM COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. 008000A408 KIA NO. A4.08 CCW pump control switch RO 3.1 SRO 2.8 TOOLS: SOP-118 EVALUATION TIlIJE 15 TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: E.YAIJnNER:
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SIGNATURE DATE i'lfonduy.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(} 
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
* *
Present conditions are:
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR RE4D TO OPERATOR:
                            - RCS hot leg level is low.
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
                            - Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
INITIATING CUES:         The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment 2.
The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed. INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME! .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO * *
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR RE4D TO OPERATOR:
:l/lmday* ./une 21, 1009
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed. INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME! .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO 
* *
* STEPS CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. COMltJENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Places the control switch for XPP-58B, CCBP B, in OFF. SAT .. .. UNSAT .EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going
* * 'oop. *EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going
__________________________
! CR SEQ No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in LOCK. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.
SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------
*
* Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
* CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports * ,YB.Js f&#xa3;,r
!!:! t!!e 01'
______ .. CR SEQ No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC.
COMMENTS: ,Honday. June 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB of SOP-118. SAT UNSAT Puge 5 oj 10 * *
* STEPS CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. COMltJENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Places the control switch for XPP-58B, CCBP B, in OFF. SAT .. .. UNSAT .EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going
* * 'oop. *EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going
__________________________
! CR SEQ No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in LOCK. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.
SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------
*
* Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
* CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports * ,YB.Js f&#xa3;,r
!!:! t!!e 01'
______ .. CR SEQ No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC.
COMMENTS: ,Honday. June 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB of SOP-118. SAT UNSAT Puge 5 oj 10 
* *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open. (This is the start of Step 2.4)
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S open with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
______________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: XPP-0001 S, PUMP S COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
* complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
* Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW .essentialloo
: p. *NOTE TO EVALUATOR:
Steps 6 -B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid *succession.
CR SEQ Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, stroking in the closed direction.
COMJfENTS:
Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Places control switch for MVS-9503S in CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.
SAT UNS.1T Page 6 of 10 * *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open. (This is the start of Step 2.4)
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S open with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
______________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: XPP-0001 S, PUMP S COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
* complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
* Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW .essentialloo
: p. *NOTE TO EVALUATOR:
Steps 6 -B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid *succession.
CR SEQ Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, stroking in the closed direction.
COMJfENTS:
Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Places control switch for MVS-9503S in CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.
SAT UNS.1T Page 6 of 10 
* *
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Close MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. COMMENTS:
Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 STEP STANDARD:
When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train CCW.) Places control switches for MV8* 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD: (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.)
Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT lWSAT Puge 7 of 10 * *
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Close MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. COMMENTS:
Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 STEP STANDARD:
When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train CCW.) Places control switches for MV8* 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD: (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.)
Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT lWSAT Puge 7 of 10 
* *
* CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 10 Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on 'B'train).
COMMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 11 Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
COMMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 12 Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. COMilfENTS:
Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 STEP STANDARD:
Racked up in slow speed. Green light ON. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch in After-Stop.
STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow through RML-2B. SAT UNSAT Page 8 tlf 10 * *
* CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 10 Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on 'B'train).
COMMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 11 Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
COMMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 12 Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. COMilfENTS:
Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 STEP STANDARD:
Racked up in slow speed. Green light ON. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch in After-Stop.
STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow through RML-2B. SAT UNSAT Page 8 tlf 10 
* *
* STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Jlondu),.
June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
The red light is ON and the green light is OFF for all the following:
MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583, MVG-9593A,B,&C.
SAT ____ UNSAT Page 90j 10 * *
* STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Jlondu),.
June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
The red light is ON and the green light is OFF for all the following:
MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583, MVG-9593A,B,&C.
SAT ____ UNSAT Page 90j 10 
* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-068B DESCRIPTION:
SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. INIT 10 2. When student is ready: RUN 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:
RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:
Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110 * *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-068B DESCRIPTION:
SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. INIT 10 2. When student is ready: RUN 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:
RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:
Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110 JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITl4L CONDITION:
The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed. INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfondu),.
June 22, 2009 JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITl4L CONDITION:
The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed. INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfondu),.
June 22, 2009 
* *
* B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER


===1.0 INITIAL===
/
CONDITIONS SOP-118 REVISION 17 D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools. D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 . PAGE 5 OF 82 * *
f                                                                        AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION              PAGE 1 OF 3
* B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is available.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 1&#xa3; flQ Charging Pump is available. 0 THEN GO TO Step 13.
2 Stop ~    running Charging Pump. 0 3 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B.       0 CHG LINE ISOl.
4 Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs:
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed:
* MVG-8885.                      0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8801A(B).                  0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
: b. Open MVG-8884.                  0
* CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS .
: c. Close MVG-8106. CHG PP.
Miniflow Isolation.
: d. Close MVT-8105.
SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.
0 0
5 Start one Charging Pump.            0    5 GO TO Step 13.                      0 6 Verify SI flow on FI-940.          0    6 GO TO Step  B.                     0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
7 GO TO Step 15.                      0 8 Stop ~    running Charging Pump. 0
* PAGE 26 OF 39


===1.0 INITIAL===
/                                                                          AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION              PAGE 2 OF 3
CONDITIONS SOP-118 REVISION 17 D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools. D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 . PAGE 5 OF 82 
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS:
* *
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
* CAUTION 2.0 SOP-118 REVISION 17 a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
: a. Close MVG-8884.
: b. 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start: a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down. 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start: a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable . 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS o 2.1 Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, Step 2.2 should be omitted. o o o 2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:  
CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.
: b. 1 ) 2) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)
o
Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B). Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK. PAGE 6 OF 82 CHG o * *
: b. Open MVG-8886.                   o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
* CAUTION 2.0 SOP-118 REVISION 17 a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
10 Start one Charging Pump.           o   10 GO TO Step 13.                       o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943.           o    11 Stop  QDY  running Charging Pump. o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM.
: b. 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start: a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down. 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start: a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable . 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS o 2.1 Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, Step 2.2 should be omitted. o o o 2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:
GO TO Step 13.                     o 12 GO TO Step 15.                     0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed        13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs:           from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs:
: b. 1 ) 2) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)
* a. Close MVG-8886 .
Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B). Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK. PAGE 6 OF 82 CHG o 
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
* *
: b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o o o c. Perform one of the following:
RCS LP A TO PUMP A.
: 1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows: a. b. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r) 1) 2) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A. XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. o o o o o o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER ,r) d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: 1 ) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B. PAGE 7 OF 82 * *
: c. Close MVG-8888A.
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o o o c. Perform one of the following:
o 0
: 1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows: a. b. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r) 1) 2) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A. XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. o o o o o o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER ,r) d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: 1 ) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B. PAGE 7 OF 82 
0 a) Close MVG-8886.
* *
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued D D D D D D D D D D D D e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
: f. g. h. i. 1 ) 2) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.
c) Close MVG-8888B.
Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).
o 0
Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TON HX . 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1 ) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.                       RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
: d. Close MVG-8887B.                 0       d) Close MVG-8887A.                 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS.                       RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
One pump is in OFF. PAGE 8 OF 82 * *
: e. Open MVG-8809A.                 0       e) Open MVG-8809B.                 0 RWST TO RHR PP A.                           RWST TO RHR PP B.
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued D D D D D D D D D D D D e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
: f. Open MVG-8889.                   0       f) Open MVG-8889.                   0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.                     RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
: f. g. h. i. 1 ) 2) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.
: g. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is    0        g) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is   0 open.                                       open.
Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).
: h. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is      0        h) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is       0 open .                                       open.
Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TON HX . 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1 ) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.
* PAGE 27 OF 39
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
One pump is in OFF. PAGE 8 OF 82 
* *
* o o 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows: a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open. SOP-118 REVISION 17 b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "") 1 ) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. 0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER "") d . When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:
0 1 ) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB. 0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) . PAGE 9 OF 82 * *
* o o 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows: a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open. SOP-118 REVISION 17 b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "") 1 ) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. 0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER "") d . When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:
0 1 ) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB. 0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) . PAGE 9 OF 82 
* *
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued D D D D D D D D D OA D 2.5 9741 g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: h. i. j. 1 ) 2) 3) 4) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. MVG-9626, CC TO RB. MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX. MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
One pump is in OFF. Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running Component Cooling Water Pump Switch. END OF SECTION PAGE 10 OF 82 * *
* SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued D D D D D D D D D OA D 2.5 9741 g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: h. i. j. 1 ) 2) 3) 4) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. MVG-9626, CC TO RB. MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX. MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
One pump is in OFF. Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running Component Cooling Water Pump Switch. END OF SECTION PAGE 10 OF 82 
* *
* Persons completing checklist (print) Initials SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started / / Date/Time completed
/ ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B. REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE * *
* Persons completing checklist (print) Initials SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started / / Date/Time completed
/ ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B. REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE 
* *
* OA 9224 COMPONENT XSW1DA 07 XSW1DA 07 CCP XSW1DA 07 TCP XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XSWlOB 11 XSW1DB 11 CCP XSWlOB 11 TCP NOTE 1: NOTE 2: SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd) REQUIRED VERIFIERS DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRT) XET2001C J436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED NOTE 2 COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRT) When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).
: 2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . CHG E CHG E * *
* OA 9224 COMPONENT XSW1DA 07 XSW1DA 07 CCP XSW1DA 07 TCP XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XSWlOB 11 XSW1DB 11 CCP XSWlOB 11 TCP NOTE 1: NOTE 2: SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd) REQUIRED VERIFIERS DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRT) XET2001C (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED NOTE 2 COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRT) When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).
: 2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . CHG E CHG E 
* *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9 *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9 
* *
* TASK: 000-083-05-01 RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS TASK STANDARD:
SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW. TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION              PAGE 3 OF 3
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 14 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES        0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
* Sight Glass (local).              0 (L-1330).
* Vi deo monitor.                  0
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES        0 (L-1331).
15 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to      0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
16 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.        0 Step 19 .
* PAGE 28 OF 39
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC &GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERAT IONS COpy N).
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED
* Original signed by Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR 10106/03 DATE Original signed by Lippard              10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY                          DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE CHANGt    IYPE IYPt    APPROVAL    CANCELLtD CANCtLLCU      CHANGE CHANGt  IYPE IYPt  APPROVAL  CANCt.LLtlJ CANCELLED LETTER    CHANGE      DATE        DATE        LETTER CHANGE    DATE      DATE A        P        01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE
* Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.


AOP-115.5 KIA NO. PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD PERFORM LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS RO INDEX NO. 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 ammeter running lights, and flow meter SRO 2.5 TOOLS: AOP-115.5 EVALUATION TIME 10 TLtlE CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 ( TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:
SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 DOCUMENTREWEWFORM DOCUMENTRE~EWFORM Page 1 of __
SIGNATURE DATE JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9 *
Document Identific  Identification ation nr... ln.. tn .. Nam.:
* TASK: 000-083-05-01 RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS TASK STANDARD:
OrlglnalOl"l    Name:   LATHREN                                                                      En, Ext:   55547          Mall Code:         410 Date:         11113/06 11113106      Document No.:             AOP-115.5 AOP-11S.S                                  Rev!'lon No.:
SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW. TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR
Revision          5        Change Letter:          A TlUe:


==REFERENCES:==
==Title:==
LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)                                                            X SR IX    SR O  O QR      0 aR oNNS  NNS Development Process Process::
Permanent: (check one) X        X Normal Rev/Chg                    or        o0      Edjtorial Editorial Correction Correction o        Tempof!l'!y!'pproval


AOP-115.5 KIA NO. PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD PERFORM LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS RO INDEX NO. 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 ammeter running lights, and flow meter SRO 2.5 TOOLS: AOP-115.5 EVALUATION TIME 10 TLtlE CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 ( TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:
== Description:==
SIGNATURE DATE JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9 
INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY; ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION TO ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG INJECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STEP 22.< TO ESTABLISH HOTLEG INJECTION AND THEN COLD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT IS ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERNATIVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING.
* *
KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Change : ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS.
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
ReasonlSasia Is the SCOPE of the proc~u,...ffltCted I.                     procedure affected by thlt!  this cohlngt?
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
change? NO    Iilit 11 YESC I-,f- l Temporary Approval                                                                                                    Final approval required by:
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
days)
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
(30 day.)
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITL4L CONDITION:
I QR                          DC&R Person Nollf\ed                                  ss                                  o..es Document ReViewers \ [:.f'C,C5,                   ',. CI Co~""
The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Position          TypefPml Type/Print Name Comments y""""
Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
YesINo Position Position          TypeJPrlnt Type/Print Name            ~""
INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5.
Comrnents Yes/No Yet/No
Attachment
                                ;\1 ."'". . .J iJ          ~
: 2. HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE! Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9 * *
QB  IOP&sect;I QB{OPSl O~
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
o~              ;;;
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
Ci                                                          DO 00 "0
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
I:
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
Q)
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITL4L CONDITION:
      ~
The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
    '5
Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
    '5 0'
INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5.
Q)
Attachment
                  ~
: 2. HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE! Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9
                  &sect;g tfi til C ~(1)
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available.
('~
COMMENTS:
('21, (t2 \I .d'- ....tL J
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. STEP STANDARD:
C1!.,./
Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
DIlJ Dill 0Dl6l16l E
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS:
c 0
SAT __ *
                                                                                    ....:0
* STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG LINE ISOL. COMMENTS:
                                                                                    ...."0 DO 00 DO 00 a:
;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
a::                                                                           :ct-00                                                                            OO 00 00                                                                            00 Co.             Comment Due D7e (I
Operator locates and places MVG-8107 and/or MVG-8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 5 0[9
Dare 30
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available.
                                                                                                                  !0<.:,
COMMENTS:
                                                                                                        "     30 0<0 iIIIIm_ _
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. STEP STANDARD:
All Comments Resolved                                                 DlJ Yes Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630       SAP.()6JO                    \Xl NA lID                                    __ O        OMLSA MLSA InitlallOllite InitiaVOate 50.59 ApplicabilitylReview Applicability/Review Completed (SAP*0107)  (SAP-0107) I?:I  KI NA               o Yes, Attached Pre-Implementation Pre-implementation Training Completed                                   ~' NA (l                  DYes TrainIng required after implementation Training                                                                ~ NA
Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:
[iJ                  DYes, CER #
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS:
PSRC Review Completed                                                 Gl NA
SAT __ *
                                                                            ~                  DYes. Mtg. No. _ _ _ __
* STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG LINE ISOL. COMMENTS:
NSRC Review Completed                                                0 NA                DYes, Mtg.
;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Other.                                                                      NA
Operator locates and places MVG-8107 and/or MVG-8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 5 0[9 
* *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. COMMENTS:
Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and checks MVG-8885 closed; green light ON and red light OFF SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and checks MVG-8801A & B closed; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places TRN A PWR LCKOUT switch to ON. Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of9 * *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. COMMENTS:
Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and checks MVG-8885 closed; green light ON and red light OFF SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and checks MVG-8801A & B closed; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places TRN A PWR LCKOUT switch to ON. Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of9 
* *
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Isolation.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. COMMENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. COMMENTS:
:Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places MVG-8106 in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places MVT -8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal. SAT UNSAT Page 70/9 * *
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Isolation.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. COMMENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. COMMENTS:
:Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places MVG-8106 in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places MVT -8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal. SAT UNSAT Page 70/9 
* *
* STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies SI flow indicated on FI-940. SAT UNSAT PageS 0/9 * *
* STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies SI flow indicated on FI-940. SAT UNSAT PageS 0/
* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-065 DESCRIPTION:
ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak OVR-AA028 SELECT = TRUE ??? 2. RUN 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1. SEVERITY = ???? 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 -17. 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200&deg;F, then 6. FREEZE 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9 * *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-065 DESCRIPTION:
ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak OVR-AA028 SELECT = TRUE ??? 2. RUN 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1. SEVERITY = ???? 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 -17. 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200&deg;F, then 6. FREEZE 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment
: 2. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. :l/lmday * ./une 21, 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200&deg;F and increasing.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment
: 2. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. :l/lmday * ./une 21, 1009 f / * *
* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 1&#xa3; flQ Charging Pump is available.
available.
THEN GO TO Step 13. Stop running Charging Pump. 0 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B.
0 CHG LINE ISOl. Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed:
* MVG-8885.
0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8801A(B).
0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b. Open MVG-8884.
0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS . c. Close MVG-8106.
CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.
: d. Close MVT-8105.
0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 15. 0 Stop running Charging Pump. 0 PAGE 26 OF 39 0 0 0 f / * *
* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 1&#xa3; flQ Charging Pump is available.
available.
THEN GO TO Step 13. Stop running Charging Pump. 0 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B.
0 CHG LINE ISOl. Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed:
* MVG-8885.
0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8801A(B).
0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b. Open MVG-8884.
0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS . c. Close MVG-8106.
CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.
: d. Close MVT-8105.
0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 15. 0 Stop running Charging Pump. 0 PAGE 26 OF 39 0 0 0 
/ * *
* ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS: a. Close MVG-8884.
CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. b. Open MVG-8886.
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. ALTERNATIVE ACTION o o 10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 13. 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Close MVG-8886 . o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. c. Close MVG-8888A.
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. d. Close MVG-8887B.
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. e. Open MVG-8809A.
0 RWST TO RHR PP A. f. Open MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g. Ensure HCV-603A.
A OUTLET. is 0 open. h. Ensure FCV-605A.
A BYP. is 0 open . PAGE 27 OF 39 a) Close MVG-8886.
o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. c) Close MVG-8888B.
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. d) Close MVG-8887A.
0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. e) Open MVG-8809B.
0 RWST TO RHR PP B. f) Open MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g) Ensure HCV-603B.
B OUTLET. is 0 open. h) Ensure FCV-605B.
B BYP. is 0 open. / * *
* ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS: a. Close MVG-8884.
CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. b. Open MVG-8886.
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. ALTERNATIVE ACTION o o 10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 13. 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Close MVG-8886 . o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. c. Close MVG-8888A.
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. d. Close MVG-8887B.
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. e. Open MVG-8809A.
0 RWST TO RHR PP A. f. Open MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g. Ensure HCV-603A.
A OUTLET. is 0 open. h. Ensure FCV-605A.
A BYP. is 0 open . PAGE 27 OF 39 a) Close MVG-8886.
o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. c) Close MVG-8888B.
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. d) Close MVG-8887A.
0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. e) Open MVG-8809B.
0 RWST TO RHR PP B. f) Open MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g) Ensure HCV-603B.
B OUTLET. is 0 open. h) Ensure FCV-605B.
B BYP. is 0 open.
* 14 15 16 *
* ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
* Sight Glass (local).
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330).
* Vi deo monitor.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331).
Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . PAGE 28 OF 39 0 0
* 14 15 16 *
* ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
* Sight Glass (local).
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330).
* Vi deo monitor.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331).
Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . PAGE 28 OF 39 0 0 
* *
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERA T IONS COpy N). ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED Original signed by Baker 10106/03 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGt IYPt APPROVAL CANCtLLCU CHANGt IYPt APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
* *
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERA T IONS COpy N). ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED Original signed by Baker 10106/03 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE IYPE APPROVAL CANCELLtD CHANGE IYPE APPROVAL CANCt.LLtlJ LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
DOCUMENTREWEWFORM Document Identification SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 Page 1 of __ nr ... ln .. tn .. Name: LATHREN Ext: 55547 Mall Code: 410 Date: 11113/06 Document No.: AOP-115.5 Revision No.: 5 Letter: A Title: LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) X SR O QR 0 NNS Development Process: Permanent: (check one) X Normal Rev/Chg or 0 Editorial Correction KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Is the SCOPE of the procedure affected by this change? NO Ii11 Temporary Approval Final approval required by: (30 days) Posit i on Type/Print Name Comments Pos iti on Type/Pr i nt Name YesINo QB{OPSl ;\1 Ci "0 Q) &sect;g DIlJ c 0 '5 (t2\I . ...tL ., 0' tfi Dl6l :0 Q) "0 a:: 00 t-00 Comment Due Dare ! " 30 0<0 iIIIIm __ DlJ Yes All Comments Resolved Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630 \Xl NA 50.59 Applicability
/Review Completed (SAP-0107)
KI NA Pre-implementation Training Completed Training required after im plementation NA PSRC Review Completed Gl NA NSRC Review Completed 0 NA Other. NA o Yes , Attached DYes DYes , CER # __ OMLSA DYes. Mtg. No. ____ _ DYes , Mtg.
* Failure by the " Additional Reviewers" to prov i de comments within 5 working days 'Pl llr'Wlrln comment due date may be considered as " No Comment", Comrnents Yes/No DO DO DO OO 00 InitiaVOate
*
*
* Document Id ent ific ation SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 O F 2 REVISION 25 Page 1 of __ O rlglnalOl"l Nam.: LATHREN En , 55547 Mall Code: 410 D ate: 11113106 Document No.: AOP-11S.S Rev!'lon No.: 5 Change Letter: A TlUe: LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) IX SR O aR oNN S Development Process: Permanent: (check one) X Normal Rev/Chg o r o Ed jtori al Correc tio n o Tempof!l'!y!'pproval Description
* Failure by the "Additional Reviewers" to provide cornmenidue comment due date may be considered as "No Commenr.
: INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY
                                                                        ; comments within 5 working days Comment",
; ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION T O ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG IN JECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STE P 22.< T O ESTABLISH HOTLEG I NJECTION AND THEN CO LD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT I S ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERN AT IVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING. ReasonlSasia for Change: ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS. I. the SCOPE of the by thlt! cohlngt? NO lit YES C I-,f-l Temporary Approval Final ap pro val required by: (30 day.) I QR DC&R Person N ollf\ed ss o .. es Do c um e nt ReViewers
                                                                                                                          'Pl llr'Wlrln
\ [:.f'C,C5, ',. C I Pos ition TypefPml Na me Posit io n T ypeJ P rlnt Name y"""" Yet/No QB IOP&sect;I i J .... .J ;;; 00 I: Dill " 00 -0 '5 ('21, .d'-E .,. til 0 16l .... 00 .. .... a: 00 :c 00 00 Co. Comment Du e D7e ! (I 30 0<.:, Commitments Addressed per SAP.()6JO lID NA 50.59 ApplicabilitylRev i ew Completed (SA P*0107) I?:I NA P re-I mplementation Tra ini ng Comple te d (l NA Tra i n I ng required after i mpl e mentation
 
[iJ NA PSRC Rev i ew Completed NA ; cornmenidue date may be considere d as " No Commenr. __ O MLSA InitlallOllite 
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* *
* TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                           PAGE PURPOSE                                                             1 SCOPE                                                               1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS                                           1 OPERATOR ACTIONS                                                     2 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Establishing Cold Leg Injection                     24 Attachment 2 - Establishing Hot Leg Injection                       26 Attachment 3 - Establishing RCS Makeup                             29 Attachment 4 - Reducing RCS Makeup 31 Attachment 5 - RVLIS Indications                                   38 Attachment 6 - Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow   39
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) SECTION PURPOSE SCOPE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACTIONS ATTACHMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Attachment 1 -Establishing Cold Leg Injection Attachment 2 -Establishing Hot Leg Injection Attachment 3 -Establishing RCS Makeup Attachment 4 -Reducing RCS Makeup Attachment 5 -RVLIS Indications AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 PAGE 1 1 1 2 24 26 29 31 38 Attachment 6 -Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39 PAGE * *
* PAGE
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) SECTION PURPOSE SCOPE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACTIONS ATTACHMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Attachment 1 -Establishing Cold Leg Injection  -Establishing Hot Leg Injection  -Establishing RCS Makeup Attachment 4 -Reducing RCS Makeup Attachment 5 -RVLIS Indications AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 PAGE 1 1 1 2 24 26 29 31 38 Attachment 6 -Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39 PAGE 
 
* *
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REFERENCES
* 1.
: 1. Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2. 2. FSAR 5.5.7. 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System. 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal. 5. E-302-641.  
REFERENCES Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2.
: 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.  
: 2. FSAR 5.5.7.
: 7. TWR-DGI0894.
: 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System.
Tab M43. D.Gatlin.
: 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal.
COMMITMENTS AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 1. COl -NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions):
: 5. E-302-641.
Step 15. REVISION  
: 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
: 7. TWR-DGI0894. Tab M43. D.Gatlin.
COMMITMENTS
: 1. COl - NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions):   Step 15.
REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation.
Added Scope. Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.
Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004:
In Step 17. Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200&deg;F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200&deg;F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.
PAGE ii * *
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REFERENCES
: 1. Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2. 2. FSAR 5.5.7. 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System. 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal. 5. E-302-641.
: 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
: 7. TWR-DGI0894.
Tab M43. D.Gatlin.
COMMITMENTS AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 1. COl -NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions):
Step 15. REVISION


==SUMMARY==
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation. Added Scope.
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation.
Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.
Added Scope. Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.
Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004: In Step 17.
Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004:
Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200&deg;F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200&deg;F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.
In Step 17. Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200&deg;F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200&deg;F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.
* PAGE ii
PAGE ii
 
* *
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) PURPOSE REVISION 5 This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact. SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59.
* PURPOSE This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact.
and apply to this procedure.
SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59. and     SAP~630  apply to this procedure.
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS  
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
: 1. No RHR Pump is running. 2.
: 1. No RHR Pump is running.
of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:
: 2. Air~binding  of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by     QllY of the following:
* Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
* Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
* Erratic RHR flow indicated on PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
* Erratic RHR flow indicated on     FI~605A(B). PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
* Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
* Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on     PI~600A(B).
PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
* Excessive RHR Pump noise.
* Excessive RHR Pump noise.
* RHR Pump cavitation.  
* RHR Pump cavitation.
: 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment  
: 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment 6.
: 6. 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.  
: 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
: 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.  
: 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
: 6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing RHR PUMP VORTEXING.
: 6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing     AOP~115.1. RHR PUMP VORTEXING. have been unsuccessful.
have been unsuccessful.  
: 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps.
: 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
: 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
* RHR LOOP A FLO LO
* RHR LOOP A FLO LO (XCP~610 1~2).
* RHR LOOP B FLO LO
* RHR LOOP B FLO LO (XCP~610 2~2).
* RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610
* RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610   1~1).
* RHR PP B TRIP
* RHR PP B TRIP (XCP~610 2~1).
: 9. Entered from the EOPs. PAGE 1 OF 39 * *
* 9. Entered from the EOPs.
* LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) PURPOSE REVISION 5 This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact. SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59.
PAGE 1 OF 39
and apply to this procedure.
 
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
AOP~ 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
: 1. No RHR Pump is running. 2.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE OPERATOR ACTIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTION
of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:
* Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using EPP~OOI. ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN.
* Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
* RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers.               -
* Erratic RHR flow indicated on PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
* Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass.
* Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
RVLIS indication. and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS.
* Excessive RHR Pump noise.
Q Stop ~ RCS boron dilution in       0 progress.
* RHR Pump cavitation.
* 2 Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:
: 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment
* Monitor TR~413.                  0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
: 6. 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
* Implement STP-I03.001. REACTOR   0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.
: 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
3 Determine and correct the cause of 0
: 6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing RHR PUMP VORTEXING.
      ~ RHR Pump trip.
have been unsuccessful.
* PAGE 2 OF 39
: 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
 
* RHR LOOP A FLO LO
AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6)
* RHR LOOP B FLO LO
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 4 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
* RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610
* RHR PP B TRIP
: 9. Entered from the EOPs. PAGE 1 OF 39
*
* Q
* 2 3
* 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION OPERATOR ACTIONS
* Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN.
* RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers.  
-* Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass. RVLIS indication.
and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment  
: 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS. Stop RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.
Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:
* Monitor 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
* Implement STP-I03.001.
REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.
Determine and correct the cause of 0 RHR Pump trip. PAGE 2 OF 39 *
* Q
* 2 3
* 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION OPERATOR ACTIONS
* Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN.
* RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers.  
-* Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass. RVLIS indication.
and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment
: 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS. Stop RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.
Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:
* Monitor 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
* Implement STP-I03.001.
REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.
Determine and correct the cause of 0 RHR Pump trip. PAGE 2 OF 39
* 4 *
* AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 4
* Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
* Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
* Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
* Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
Start available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;
4 Start   ~  available RHR Pump A(B):       4 GO TO Step 11.                   D
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;
* Video Monitor. D
* Mansell Level Monitori ng       D System.
* Sight Glass (local). D
* Video Monitor.                 D
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
* Sight Glass (local).           D
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES       D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
* MVG-8701A(B).
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES       D (L-1331) (IS.S inches).
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
: b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
* MVG-8702A(B).
* MVG-8701A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO   D PUMP A(B). is open.
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
* MVG-8702A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO   D PUMP A(B). is open.
* MVG-8888A(B).
* MVG-8888A(B). RHR LP A(B) TO   D COLD LEGS. is open.
RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. c. Close HCV-603A(B).
: c. Close HCV-603A(B). A(B) OUTLET. D
A(B) OUTLET. D d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) PAGE 3 OF 39 D
: d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%.
* 4 *
: e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN,     D in MAN.
* AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 4
: f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
* Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
: g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page)               (Step 4 continued on next page)
* Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
PAGE 3 OF 39
Start available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;
 
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* Video Monitor. D
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
* Sight Glass (local). D
: h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
: h. Perform the following:
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute.              1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
* MVG-8701A(B).
PUMP A(B).
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
o
* MVG-8702A(B).
: 2) IE the other RHR loop is    0 available. THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. - -
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available. THEN GO TO Step 11. - -
* MVG-8888A(B).
i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits.
RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. c. Close HCV-603A(B).
REFER TO Attachment 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW.
A(B) OUTLET. D d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) PAGE 3 OF 39 D 
: j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER      0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.
* *
5 Verify at least one RHR Pump is        0    5 IE no RHR Pump can be started.       0 running.                                       THEN GO TO Step 11.
* 5 AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
6 Verify core exit TC temperatures      0    6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing.                     REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:
: h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B).
a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down.
PUMP A(B). 0 amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO Attachment
b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr.
: 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 running. 5 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
* PAGE 4 OF 39
: h. Perform the following:
 
: 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
o PUMP A(B). 2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.
THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. --IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available.
7 Establish RHR Letdown:                    7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME
THEN GO TO Step 11. --IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 THEN GO TO Step 11. 6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing.
: a. Locally align the Letdown                  CONTROL SYSTEM.
REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:
return header (AB-412):
PAGE 4 OF 39 a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down. b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr. * *
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.       0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
* 5 AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)  
: 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.       0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
: h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B).
: b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
PUMP A(B). 0 amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO Attachment
: c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR.      0
: 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 running. 5 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
: d. Monitor FI-150.                  0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
: h. Perform the following:
: e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow.
: 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
8 Restore RCS level to the desired    0 level for plant conditions.
o PUMP A(B). 2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available.
9 Restore RCS temperature:
THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. --IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available.
: a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg; F/hr.
THEN GO TO Step 11. --IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 THEN GO TO Step 11. 6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing.
: b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value.
REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:
10 RETURN TO the Procedure and Step    0 in effect.
PAGE 4 OF 39 a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down. b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr.
* PAGE 5 OF 39
* 7
 
* 8 9 10
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 7 If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
* 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths:
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.
: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c). LTDN      D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves.
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.
: b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460.        D LTDN LINE ISOL.
Restore RCS temperature:
: c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154.      D XS LTDN ISOL.
: a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg; F /hr. b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value. RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect. PAGE 5 OF 39 0
: d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D
* 7
: e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board.
* 8 9 10
12 Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST:
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 7 If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
: a. Open LCV-115B.                    D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.
* b. Open LCV-1l5D.
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.
RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.
: c. Close LCV-115C(E).
Restore RCS temperature:
VCT OUTLET I SOL.
: a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg; F /hr. b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value. RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect. PAGE 5 OF 39 0
D D
* 11 12 *
* PAGE 6 OF 39
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c).
 
LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves. b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL. c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
D XS LTDN ISOL. d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board. Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST: a. Open LCV-115B.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 13 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure.
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. b. Open LCV-1l5D.
13 Alert plant personnel:
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. c. Close LCV-115C(E).
: a. Announce plant conditions over    0 the page system.
D VCT OUTLET I SOL. PAGE 6 OF 39
: b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG        0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
* 11 12 *
: c. Repeat the announcement.         0
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c).
: d. Notify Outage Management and      0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags.
LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves. b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL. c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154.
* *14 Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels.
D XS LTDN ISOL. d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board. Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST: a. Open LCV-115B.
15 Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours:
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. b. Open LCV-1l5D.
: a. REFER TO STP-147.001. REACTOR    0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST.
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. c. Close LCV-115C(E).
: b. Close Qll RB penetrations        0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.
D VCT OUTLET I SOL. PAGE 6 OF 39
16 Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM.
* 13 * *14 15 16
* PAGE 7 OF 39
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 13 Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure. Alert plant personnel:
 
: a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system. b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
: c. Repeat the announcement.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE CAUTION - Step 17 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
0 d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels. Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours: a. REFER TO STP-147.001.
REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST. b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.
Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM. PAGE 7 OF 39
* 13 * *14 15 16
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 13 Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure. Alert plant personnel:
: a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system. b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
: c. Repeat the announcement.
0 d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels. Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours: a. REFER TO STP-147.001.
REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST. b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.
Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM. PAGE 7 OF 39 
* *
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION CAUTION -Step 17
* Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
* Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
* To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. NOTE -Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.  
* To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup.
*17 Check core exit TC temperatures LESS THAN 200&deg;F. o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT  
NOTE - Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.
: 2. ESTABLISHING 0 HOT LEG INJECTION.
  *17 Check core exit TC temperatures     o   *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 LESS THAN 200&deg;F.                             HOT LEG INJECTION.
PAGE 8 OF 39 1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT
1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures     0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
: 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
GO TO Step 19.                   o
GO TO Step 19. o * *
* PAGE 8 OF 39
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION CAUTION -Step 17
 
* Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. NOTE -Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 18 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 F.
*17 Check core exit TC temperatures LESS THAN 200&deg;F. o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT
0 18 Check RCS level:
: 2. ESTABLISHING 0 HOT LEG INJECTION.
: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level                   a. GO TO ATTACHMENT 1.           D elevation is GREATER THAN OR                 ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated               INJECTION.
PAGE 8 OF 39 1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT  
: 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
GO TO Step 19. o
* 18
* 19
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 18 Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 0 F. Check RCS level: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT  
: 1. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.
on the following:
on the following:
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
* Mansell Level Monitori ng       D System.
* Video Monitor. D
* Video Monitor.                   D
* Sight Glass (local). D
* Sight Glass (local).             D
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES         D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level b. GO TO ATTACHMENT
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES         D (L-1331) (5.5 inches).
: 3. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
* b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
* Mansell Level Moni tori ng D System.
* Mansell Level Moni tori ng System.
* Video Monitor. D
D
* Sight Glass (local). D
: b. GO TO ATTACHMENT 3.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Identify and isolate RCS D leakage paths. PAGE 9 OF 39 D D
D
* 18
* Video Monitor.                  D
* 19
* Sight Glass (local).            D
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 18 Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 0 F. Check RCS level: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES         D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
: 1. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES         D (L-1331) (15.5 inches).
on the following:
19 Identify and isolate   ~  RCS       D leakage paths.
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
* PAGE 9 OF 39
* Video Monitor. D
 
* Sight Glass (local). D
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 20 ALTERNATIVE ACTION To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level b. GO TO ATTACHMENT
20 Check if a secondary heat sink is        20 GO TO Step 22.                  0 available:
: 3. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
: a. Check if the RCS pressure        0 boundary is intact.
* Mansell Level Moni tori ng D System.
: b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
* Video Monitor. D
* Steam Generators are NOT        0 isolated by nozzle dams.
* Sight Glass (local). D
* Steam Generator levels are      0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
* 21 Establish a secondary heat sink:
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Identify and isolate RCS D leakage paths. PAGE 9 OF 39 D D
: a. Establish Emergency Feedwater flow. REFER TO SOP-211.
* 20
EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM.
* 21
0
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 20 To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.
: b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%.
Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. available:
: c. Fully open available SG          0 Steamline Power Relief Valves.
: a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact. b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
* PAGE 10 OF 39
* Steam Generators are NOT 0 isolated by nozzle dams.
 
* Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range. Establish a secondary heat sink: a. Establish Emergency Feedwater 0 flow. REFER TO SOP-211. EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM. b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%. c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves. PAGE 10 OF 39 0
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* 20
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
* 21
  *22 Check if RHR can be restored:
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 20 To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.
: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level ALTERNATIVE ACTION
Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. available:  
                                              *22 WHEN conditions are met to restore []
: a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact. b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
an RHR loop to service. THEN CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR              the NOTE prior to Step 23.
* Steam Generators are NOT 0 isolated by nozzle dams.
EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:                        1&#xa3; RHR can NOT be restored. THEN perform the following:
* Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range. Establish a secondary heat sink: a. Establish Emergency Feedwater 0 flow. REFER TO SOP-211. EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM. b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%. c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves. PAGE 10 OF 39 0 
* Mansell Level Monitoring        []
* *22 *
System.                                a) Start trending core exit TCs.  []
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR can be restored:  
* Video Monitor.                  []
*22 WHEN conditions are met to restore [] an RHR loop to service. THEN a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23. EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
* Sight Glass (local).           []      b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the      []
1&#xa3; RHR can NOT be restored.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES        []        NOTE prior to Step 25.
THEN perform the following:
(L-1330) (15.5 inches).
* Mansell Level Monitoring
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES        []
[] System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []
(L-1331) (15.5 inches).
* Video Monitor. []
: b. An RHR Pump is available for      []
* Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
operation.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25. (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
: c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN       []      c. GO TO ATTACHMENT 2.             []
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331) (15.5 inches). b. An RHR Pump is available for [] operation.
200 F.
: c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT
0 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.
: 2. [] 200 0 F. ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.
1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures    []
1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures
continue to increase. THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
[] continue to increase.
GO TO Step 24.                 []
THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT
* PAGE 11 OF 39
: 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
 
GO TO Step 24. [] PAGE 11 OF 39 * *22 *
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR can be restored:
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 23 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
*22 WHEN conditions are met to restore [] an RHR loop to service. THEN a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23. EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service:
1&#xa3; RHR can NOT be restored.
: a. Verify both of the following:            a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the    o NOTE prior to Step 25 .
THEN perform the following:
* XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). is    0 available .
* Mansell Level Monitoring
* RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being    0 used for gravity feed to the RCS.
[] System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []
: b. Ensure Component Cooling Water  0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
* Video Monitor. []
: c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path:
* Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
* 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25. (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331) (15.5 inches). b. An RHR Pump is available for [] operation.
: 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).
: c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT
RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B).
: 2. [] 200 0 F. ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.
o 0
1&#xa3; core exit TC temperatures
: 3) Open MVG-8702A(B).           0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B).
[] continue to increase.
: 4) Close HCV-603A(B).            0 A(B) OUTLET.
THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT
: 5) Close FCV-605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page)              (Step 23 continued on next page)
: 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
* PAGE 12 OF 39
GO TO Step 24. [] PAGE 11 OF 39 
 
* *
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 23 Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)
23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service: a. Verify both of the following:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)
* XPP-0031A(B).
NOTE ~ Step 23. d
PUMP A(B). is 0 available .
* If venting is required. RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.
* RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS. b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path: 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).
* If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm.
o RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS. 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).
: d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg                d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 level elevation is GREATER THAN               STP-105.006. SAFETY OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as                       INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL indicated on the following:                   MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST.
0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 3) Open MVG-8702A(B).
0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 4) Close HCV-603A(B).
0 A(B) OUTLET. 5) Close FCV-605A(B).
A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 12 OF 39 a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25 . (Step 23 continued on next page) o *
*
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 23 Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service: a. Verify both of the following:
* XPP-0031A(B).
PUMP A(B). is 0 available .
* RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS. b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path: 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).
o RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS. 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).
0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 3) Open MVG-8702A(B).
0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 4) Close HCV-603A(B).
0 A(B) OUTLET. 5) Close FCV-605A(B).
A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 12 OF 39 a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25 . (Step 23 continued on next page) o 
* *
* REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
NOTE Step 23. d
* If venting is required.
RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.
* If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm. d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
* Mansell Level Monitoring System.
* Mansell Level Monitoring System.
o o
* Video Monitor.
* Video Monitor.
* Sight Glass (local).
* Sight Glass (local).           o
* LP A LVL INCHES (15.5 inches).
* LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L~1330) (15.5 inches).
* 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). o o o o o e. Throttle A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%. f. Start PUMP A(B). 0 d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 STP-105.006.
o
SAFETY INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST. (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 13 OF 39 * *
* LR~ 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L~1331) (15.5 inches).
* REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
o
NOTE Step 23. d
: e. Throttle FCV~605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%.
* If venting is required.
: f. Start XPP~0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 (Step 23 continued on next page)               (Step 23 continued on next page)
RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.
* PAGE 13 OF 39
* If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm. d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
 
* Mansell Level Monitoring System.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* Video Monitor.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)
* Sight Glass (local).
: g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B) PUMP A(B) D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)
* LP A LVL INCHES (15.5 inches).
: g. Perform the following:
* 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). o o o o o e. Throttle A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%. f. Start PUMP A(B). 0 d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 STP-105.006.
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute.             1) Stop XPP-0031A(B). PUMP      D A( B) .
SAFETY INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST. (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 13 OF 39
: 2) 1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is     D available. THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop.
* *
1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is NOT available. THEN perform the following:
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
a) Start trending core exit  D TCs.
: g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B)
b) GO TO Step 25. Observe    D the NOTE prior to Step 25.
PUMP A(B) D g. Perform the following:
: h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits.
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
REFER TO ATTACHMENT 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW.
PUMP A( B) . 2) 1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is available.
i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).
THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop. 1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is NOT available.
A(B) BYP. to the desired flow.
THEN perform the following:
: j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER      D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down .
a) Start trending core exit TCs. b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25. h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
* PAGE 14 OF 39
: 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW. i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).
 
A(B) BYP. to the desired flow. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down . PAGE 14 OF 39 D D D D * *
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 24 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.
: g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B)
24 Establish RHR Letdown:                  24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME
PUMP A(B) D g. Perform the following:
: a. Locally align the Letdown                CONTROL SYSTEM.
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
return header (AB-412):
PUMP A( B) . 2) 1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is available.
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.        0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop. 1&#xa3; the other RHR loop is NOT available.
: 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.       0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
THEN perform the following:
: b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
a) Start trending core exit TCs. b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25. h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
: c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR.     0
: 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW. i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).
: d. Monitor FI-150.                   0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
A(B) BYP. to the desired flow. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down . PAGE 14 OF 39 D D D D
: e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow.
* 24 *
* PAGE 15 OF 39
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 24 If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
 
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 25 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System.
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. PAGE 15 OF 39 0
  *25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST:
* 24 *
: a. Check if RWST level is LESS        D        a. II RWST 1eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%.                                      THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26.
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 24 If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
GO TO Step 27.                  D
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.
: b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.
* LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET .     D
0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. PAGE 15 OF 39
* LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D
* *
* c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A:
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 25 Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System. *25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST: a. Check if RWST level is LESS THAN 18%. D a. II RWST 1 eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26. GO TO Step 27. D b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
: 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in PULL TO LK NON-A.
* LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
D
* LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D c. Transfer RB Sump water to the c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A: RWST using RB Spray Train B: 1) Place XPP0038A.
: c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train B:
PUMP A. in D 1) Place XPP0038B.
: 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A.
PUMP B. in D PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).  
D
: 3) Close MVG-3001A.
: 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11.     D          2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP                      RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463).                                       (1B-436).
D 3) Close MVG-3001B.
: 3) Close MVG-3001A.               D          3) Close MVG-3001B.             D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT.                    RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 4) Close MVG-3002A.
: 4) Close MVG-3002A.               D          4) Close MVG-3002B.              D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT.                    NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
D 4) Close MVG-3002B.
: 5) Close MVG-3003A.                D          5) Close MVG-3003B.             D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A.                        SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B.
D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 5) Close MVG-3003A.
: 6) Locally unlock and open        D          6) Locally unlock and open      D XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP                    XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE                      B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374).                                     (AB-374).
D 5) Close MVG-3003B.
: 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.       D          7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST                  RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).                          ISOL VALVE (AB-374) .
D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B. 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP.
(Step 25 continued on next page)                (Step 25 continued on next page)
RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.
PAGE 16 OF 39
RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).
 
: 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 25 continued)
D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
: 8) Transfer water as follows:
ISOL VALVE (AB-374) . (Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page) PAGE 16 OF 39 * *
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued)
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 25 Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System. *25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST: a. Check if RWST level is LESS THAN 18%. D a. II RWST 1 eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26. GO TO Step 27. D b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
: 8) Transfer water as follows:
* LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
a) Open both MVG-3004A and    0              a) Open both MVG-3004B and  0 MVG-3005A.                                   MVG-3005B.
* LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D c. Transfer RB Sump water to the c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A: RWST using RB Spray Train B: 1) Place XPP0038A.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A.                           SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
PUMP A. in D 1) Place XPP0038B.
b) Start XPP0038A. PUMP A. 0             b) Start XPP0038B. PUMP B. 0 c) WHEN RHR Sump level is                    c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN                      LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water                          stop RB Sump water transfer:                                    transfer:
PUMP B. in D PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).
(1) Place XPPOO38A.       0                (1) Place XPPOO38B.       0 PUMP A. in PULL TO LK                        PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A.                                       NON-A.
: 3) Close MVG-3001A.
(2) Close MVG-3004A and    0                (2) Close MVG-3004B and  0 MVG-3005A.                                   MVG-3005B.
D 3) Close MVG-3001B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A.                            SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 4) Close MVG-3002A.
: d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as          0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft .
D 4) Close MVG-3002B.
* PAGE 17 OF 39
D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 5) Close MVG-3003A.
 
D 5) Close MVG-3003B.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B. 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 26 Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 F:
RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).
: a. Monitor RWST temperature:
: 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.
* TI-7505. TEMP F.0 D
D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.
* TI-7507. TEMP F.0 D
D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
: b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F:
ISOL VALVE (AB-374) . (Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page) PAGE 16 OF 39 
: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF. SPENT      D           1) Stop XPP0032B-SF. SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B                      PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)' is stopped.                         TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
* *
: 2) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel    D           2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel    D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412).                 Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped.                                   SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued) (Step 25 continued)
: 3) Close the following:
: 8) Transfer water as follows: 8) Transfer water as follows: a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.
* XVG06661-SF. SF COOLING      D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).
MVG-3005B.
* XVG06667-SF. SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. b) Start XPP0038A.
* XVG06663-SF. SPENT FUEL      D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B.
* XVG06660-SF. SPENT FUEL      D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).
PUMP B. c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer:
* XVG06665-SF. SPENT FUEL      D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL VLV (AB -412) .
transfer:
* XVD06690-SF. SPENT FUEL      D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).
(1) Place XPPOO38A.
* XVG06668-SF. FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)'
0 (1) Place XPPOO38B.
(Step 26 continued on next page)               (Step 26 continued on next page)
PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A. (2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.
PAGE 18 OF 39
MVG-3005B.
 
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft . PAGE 17 OF 39 0 0 0 0 * *
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued) (Step 25 continued)
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
: 8) Transfer water as follows: 8) Transfer water as follows: a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.
MVG-3005B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. b) Start XPP0038A.
PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B.
PUMP B. c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer:
transfer:
(1) Place XPPOO38A.
0 (1) Place XPPOO38B.
PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A. (2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.
MVG-3005B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft . PAGE 17 OF 39 0 0 0 0
* 26 *
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 0 F: a. Monitor RWST temperature:
* TI-7505. TEMP 0 F. D
* TI-7507. TEMP 0 F. D b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF.
SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF.
SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)'
is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 2 ) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412).
Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 3) Close the following:
* XVG06661-SF.
SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).
* XVG06667-SF.
SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
* XVG06663-SF.
SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
* XVG06660-SF.
SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).
* XVG06665-SF.
SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL V LV (AB -412) .
* XVD06690-SF.
SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).
* XVG06668-SF.
FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)' (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 18 OF 39
* 26 *
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 0 F: a. Monitor RWST temperature:
* TI-7505. TEMP 0 F. D
* TI-7507. TEMP 0 F. D b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF.
SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF.
SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)'
is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 2 ) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412).
Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 3) Close the following:
* XVG06661-SF.
SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).
* XVG06667-SF.
SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
* XVG06663-SF.
SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
* XVG06660-SF.
SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).
* XVG06665-SF.
SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL V LV (AB -412) .
* XVD06690-SF.
SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).
* XVG06668-SF.
FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)' (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 18 OF 39 
* *
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)  
: 4) Open the following:
: 4) Open the following:
* XVG06662-SF.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR     0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVT06691-SF.
* XVT06691-SF.               0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR     0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVD06694-SF.
* XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR     0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL     0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
* XVG06664-SF.
*
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
* XVT06659-SF. SPENT FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).
* XVG06651-SF.
* XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE 0
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
(AB-388).
* XVT06659-SF.
SPENT FUEL 0 HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).
* XVD06692-SF.
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB-388).  
: 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):
: 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):
a) Open XVB09624B-CC.
a) Open XVB09624B-CC.         0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE.
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC.
b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC.       0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET VLV. is throttled open.
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET V LV. is throttled open. c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads. 6) Start XPP0032B-SF.
c) Ensure Component Cooling   0 Water is supplying non-essential loads.
SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 19 OF 39 * *
: 6) Start XPP0032B-SF. SPENT     0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)
(Step 26 continued on next page)               (Step 26 continued on next page)
: 4) Open the following:
PAGE 19 OF 39
* XVG06662-SF.
 
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* XVT06691-SF.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
: 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling     D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)
* XVD06694-SF.
Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
27 Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced:
* XVG06664-SF.
: a. Verify core exit thermocouples   D       a. Continue cooling with RHR. D temperatures are LESS THAN                 RETURN TO Step 23.j.
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
200 F.
* XVG06651-SF.
0
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
: b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level         D       b. RETURN TO Step 23.d.           D elevation is stable or increasing.
* XVT06659-SF.
: c. Verify RHR cooling is restored. D 28 Reduce RCS makeup:
SPENT FUEL 0 HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).
: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP.
* XVD06692-SF.
: b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level         D       b. Perform the following:
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB-388).  
elevation is stable or increasing.                                 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. D REFER TO ATTACHMENT 3.
: 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):
ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.
a) Open XVB09624B-CC.
: 2) GO TO Step 32.             D
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC.
* PAGE 20 OF 39
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET V LV. is throttled open. c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads. 6) Start XPP0032B-SF.
 
SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 19 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
* 27
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 29 Secure RWST Cooling:
* 28
: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)  
: a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS 0 THAN 1000 F.                                 THAN 100&deg;F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30.
: 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced: a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j. 200 0 F. b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. elevation is stable or increasing.
RETURN TO Step 5.               0
: c. Verify RHR cooling is restored.
: b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF.         0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
D Reduce RCS makeup: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
: 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP. b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:
elevation is stable or increasing.
: 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
: 3. ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. 2) GO TO Step 32. PAGE 20 OF 39 D D D D
* 27
* 28
* AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)  
: 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced: a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j. 200 0 F. b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. elevation is stable or increasing.  
: c. Verify RHR cooling is restored.
D Reduce RCS makeup: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT  
: 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP. b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:
elevation is stable or increasing.  
: 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. REFER TO ATTACHMENT  
: 3. ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. 2) GO TO Step 32. PAGE 20 OF 39 D D D D
* 29 *
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Secure RWST Cooling: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS THAN 1000 F. THAN 100&deg;F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30. RETURN TO Step 5. b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF.
0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).  
: c. Locally close the following:
: c. Locally close the following:
* XVG06662-SF.
* XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR STG     0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVT06691-SF. SF PURIFICATION   0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVT06691-SF.
* XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR STG     0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
* XVD06694-SF.
* XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL         0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF     0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
* XVG06664-SF.
* PAGE 21 OF 39
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
 
* XVG06651-SF.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 30 Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal:
* XVD06692-SF.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . PAGE 21 OF 39 0 0
: a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS     0       a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft.                                 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32.
* 29 *
RETURN TO Step 5.               0
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Secure RWST Cooling: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS THAN 1000 F. THAN 100&deg;F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30. RETURN TO Step 5. b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF.
: b. Realign RB Spray Train A to               b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal:                                     normal:
0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
: 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in     0         1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in   0 PULL TO LK NON-A.                           PULL TO LK NON-A.
: c. Locally close the following:
: 2) Close MVG-3004A and           0         2) Close MVG-3004B and         0 MVG-3005A. SUMP ISOL LOOP A.                 MVG-3005B. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
* XVG06662-SF.
: 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0         3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST                 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).                         ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
: 4) Locally close and lock         0         4) Locally close and lock       0 XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP                 XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE                   B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) .                                 (AB-374).
* XVT06691-SF.
: 5) Open MVG-3001A.               0         5) Open MVG-3001B.             0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT.                   RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
: 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0         6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP                   RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463).                                   (IB-436) .
* XVD06694-SF.
31 RETURN TO Step 5.                   0 32 Verify core exit TC temperatures     0   32 Establish RCS cooldown:
SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
* XVG06664-SF.
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
* XVG06651-SF.
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
* XVD06692-SF.
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . PAGE 21 OF 39 0 0
* 30
* 31 32
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal: a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32. RETURN TO Step 5. 0 b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal: 1) Place XPP0038A.
PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B.
PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP B. 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.
0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.
0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
ISOL VALVE (AB-374).  
: 4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP.
RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.
RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).  
: 5) Open MVG-3001A.
0 5) Open MVG-3001B.
0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . RETURN TO Step 5. 0 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:
are stable OR decreasing.
are stable OR decreasing.
a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr. PAGE 22 OF 39
a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.
* 30
b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr.
* 31 32
* PAGE 22 OF 39
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal: a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32. RETURN TO Step 5. 0 b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal: 1) Place XPP0038A.
 
PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 33 Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F:
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B.
: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION THAN 50&deg;F/hr.
SUMP ISOL LOOP B. 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.
: b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down. REFER TO SOP-115.
0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.
RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.
0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
: c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN         0 140&deg; F.
ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
34 Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
: 4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP.
RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.
RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).
: 5) Open MVG-3001A.
0 5) Open MVG-3001B.
0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . RETURN TO Step 5. 0 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:
are stable OR decreasing.
a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr. PAGE 22 OF 39
* 33 34
* 35 36 ---* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr. b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down.
REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140&deg; F. Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
* Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
* Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
* Vi deo Monitor. 0
* Vi deo Monitor.                         0
* Sight Glass (local). 0
* Sight Glass (local).                   0
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES               0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions exist:
*
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L-1331) (15.5 inches).
35 Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions 0
exist:
* Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.
* Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.
OR
OR
* Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. COLD CAL LEVEL %. Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. -----------------------I End of AOP 115.5 I -------------------------PAGE 23 OF 39 --* 33 34
* Pressurizer level is GREATER           0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462.
* 35 36 ---* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50&deg;F/hr. b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down.
COLD CAL LEVEL %.
REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140&deg; F. Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
36 Consult with TSC personnel to               0 determine further actions.
* Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
I-         End of AOP 115.5           I - - - - - - - - - - -
* Vi deo Monitor. 0
* PAGE 23 OF 39
* Sight Glass (local). 0
 
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
AOP~1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION              PAGE 1 OF 2
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions exist:
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
* Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.
1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be      0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7.
2 Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108.       0 CHG LINE ISOL.
3 Align Charging to the RCS Cold            3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs:                                        RCS Cold Legs:
: a. Open MVG~8801A(B).              0       a) Stop ~    running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B).       0
: b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow  0           HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ.
on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT                are closed.
LG FLOW GPM.
c) Open MVG-8885.                   0
: c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP.         0          CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
Miniflow Isolation .
d) Close MVG-8106. CHG PP.         0 Miniflow Isolation.
e) Close MVT-8105.                 0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.
f) Start one Charging Pump.         0 4 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow:           4 Stop  ~    running Charging Pump. 0
* FI-943.                          0        GO TO Step 7.                      0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
OR
OR
* Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. COLD CAL LEVEL %. Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. -----------------------I End of AOP 115.5 I -------------------------
* FI~940.                          0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
PAGE 23 OF 39 --
5 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to        0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
* 1 2 3
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.          0 Step 17 .
* 4 5 6
PAGE 24 OF 39
* ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108.
 
0 CHG LINE ISOL. Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs: a. Open 0 a) Stop running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B).
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION              PAGE 2 OF 2
0 b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ. on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed. LG FLOW GPM. c) Open MVG-8885.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
0 c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. Miniflow Isolation . d) Close MVG-8106.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.
: a. Close MVG~8701A and MVG-8702A.      0       a) Close MVG~8701B and  MVG~8702B. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A.                           RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
e) Close MVT-8105.
: b. Close MVG-8887B.                   0       b) Close MVG~8887A.                 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS.                         RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop running Charging Pump. 0
: c. Open MVG~8809A.                    0       c) Open MVG~8809B.                 0 RWST TO RHR PP A.                             RWST TO RHR PP B.
* FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7 . 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
: d. Open MVG~8888A.                     0       d) Open MVG~8888B.                  0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.                         RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
* 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . PAGE 24 OF 39
: e. Ensure  HCV~603A. A OUTLET. is    0        e) Ensure  HCV~603B. B OUTLET. is  0 open.                                         open.
* 1 2 3
: f. Ensure open.
* 4 5 6
FCV~605A. A BYP. is      o        f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is open.
* ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108.
o 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL                    8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
0 CHG LINE ISOL. Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs: a. Open 0 a) Stop running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B).
MONITORING:
0 b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ. on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed. LG FLOW GPM. c) Open MVG-8885.
* Sight Glass (local).             o
0 c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. Miniflow Isolation . d) Close MVG-8106.
* LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES          o (L-1330) .
CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.
* Video monitor.                   o
e) Close MVT-8105.
* LR~1331. LP C LVL INCHES          0 (L~1331).
0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop running Charging Pump. 0
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to           0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --
* FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7 . 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.             0 Step 17 .
* 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . PAGE 24 OF 39 
* PAGE 25 OF 39
* *
 
* ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close and MVG-8702A.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP                  PAGE 1 OF 2
0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure A OUTLET. is 0 open. f. Ensure A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
D ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.
* LP A LVL INCHES (L-1330) . o o
1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be       D started. THEN GO TO Step 7.
* LP C LVL INCHES 0 9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close and 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure B OUTLET. is 0 open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.
2 Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level.
B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
3 Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL                3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
* Sight Glass (local).
MONITORING:
* Video monitor. o o o PAGE 25 OF 39 * *
* Sight Glass (local).             D
* ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close and MVG-8702A.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES          D (L -1330).
0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.
* Vi deo monitor.                   D
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure A OUTLET. is 0 open. f. Ensure A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES          D (L-1331).
* LP A LVL INCHES (L-1330) . o o
4 Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is          D    4 GO TO Step 7.                       D increasing .
* LP C LVL INCHES 0 9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close and 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure B OUTLET. is 0 open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.
5 Restore ReS Hot Leg level to        D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.           D Step 19 .
* Sight Glass (local).
* PAGE 29 OF 39
* Video monitor. o o o PAGE 25 OF 39
 
* 1 2 3 4
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP                  PAGE 2 OF 2
* 5 6
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
* ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is D 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level. Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
* Sight Glass (local). D
: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.     []      a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. []
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
RCS LP A TO PUMP A.                         RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
* Vi deo monitor. D
: b. Close MVG-8887B.                   []      b) Close MVG-8887A.                 []
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331).
RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS.                        RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing . Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 . PAGE 29 OF 39
: c. Open MVG-8809A.                   []      c) Open MVG-8809B.                 []
* 1 2 3 4
RWST TO RHR PP A.                           RWST TO RHR PP B.
* 5 6
: d. Open MVG-8888A.                    []      d) Open MVG-8888B.                  []
* ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is D 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1&#xa3; a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level. Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.                       RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
* Sight Glass (local). D
: e. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is     []      e) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is    []
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
open.                                        open.
* Vi deo monitor. D
: f. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is         []      f)  Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is      []
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331).
open.                                        open.
Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing . Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 . PAGE 29 OF 39 
8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL                 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
* *
MONITORING:
* ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
* Sight Glass (local).              []
[] RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES           []
[] RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open MVG-8809A.
(L-1330)'
[] RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open MVG-8888A.
* Vi dec monitor.                   []
[] RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure HCV-603A.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES           []
A OUTLET. is [] open. f. Ensure FCV-605A.
(L-1331).
A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to         []
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L-1330)'
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -
[] []
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps,            []
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331).
Step 19.
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to [] GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, [] Step 19. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
* PAGE 30 OF 39
[] RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close MVG-8887A.
 
[] RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open MVG-8809B.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                    PAGE 1 OF 7
[] RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open MVG-8888B.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
[] RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure HCV-603B.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 GO TO Step 9.                       0 2 Check if Charging is aligned for          2 GO TO Step 7.                       0 Hot Leg Injection:
B OUTLET. is [] open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.
* MVG-8884 or MVG-8886. CHG          0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .
B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
* SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
* Sight Glass (local).
3 Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
* Vi dec monitor. [] [] [] PAGE 30 OF 39 * *
: a. Stop  QllY running Charging Pump. 0
* ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
: b. Open both LCV-115C(E).            0 VCT OUTLET ISOL.
[] RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.
: c. Close both LCV-115B(D).          0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT .
[] RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open MVG-8809A.
: d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW.         0
[] RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open MVG-8888A.
: e. Open both MVG-8107 and            0 MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
[] RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure HCV-603A.
: f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.
A OUTLET. is [] open. f. Ensure FCV-605A.
: g. Close MVG-8884.                   0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.
A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
: h. Close MVG-8886.                   0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L-1330)'
i . Start one Charging Pump.         0
[]
: j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to    0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.
[]
4 Monitor RCS level.                  0 5 Verify RCS level is stable or        0     5 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING    0 increasing .                                 HOT LEG INJECTION.
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331).
* PAGE 31 OF 39
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to [] GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, [] Step 19. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
 
[] RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close MVG-8887A.
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                  PAGE 2 OF 7
[] RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open MVG-8809B.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.
[] RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open MVG-8888B.
Step 28.
[] RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure HCV-603B.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Check if Charging is aligned for          7 GO TO Step 12.                     0 Cold Leg Injection:
B OUTLET. is [] open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.
B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
* Sight Glass (local).
* Vi dec monitor. [] [] [] PAGE 30 OF 39
* 1 2 3
* 4 5
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 GO TO Step 9. running. Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. Hot Leg Injection:
* MVG-8884 or MVG-8886.
CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .
* SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
: a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0 b. Open both LCV-115C(E).
0 VCT OUTLET ISOL. c. Close both LCV-115B(D).
0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT . d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0 e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108.
CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.
CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.
: g. Close MVG-8884.
0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. h. Close MVG-8886.
0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. i . Start one Charging Pump. 0 j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. 0 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT
: 2. ESTABLISHING increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.
PAGE 31 OF 39 0 0 0
* 1 2 3
* 4 5
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 GO TO Step 9. running. Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. Hot Leg Injection:
* MVG-8884 or MVG-8886.
CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .
* SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
: a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0 b. Open both LCV-115C(E).
0 VCT OUTLET ISOL. c. Close both LCV-115B(D).
0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT . d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0 e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108.
CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.
CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.
: g. Close MVG-8884.
0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. h. Close MVG-8886.
0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. i . Start one Charging Pump. 0 j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. 0 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT
: 2. ESTABLISHING increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.
PAGE 31 OF 39 0 0 0
* 6 7 *
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. Cold Leg Injection:  
: a. One of the following valves is open:
: a. One of the following valves is open:
* MVG-8801A(B).
* MVG-8801A(B).                 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. OR
OR
* MVG-8885.
* MVG-8885.                     0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. PAGE 32 OF 39 0
: b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940   0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B)
* 6 7 *
CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. Cold Leg Injection:
* PAGE 32 OF 39
: a. One of the following valves is open:
 
* MVG-8801A(B).
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                   PAGE 3 OF 7
0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. OR
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 8 Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
* MVG-8885.
: a. Stop   QflY running Charging Pump. D ALTERNATIVE ACTION
0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. PAGE 32 OF 39 0
: b. Open both LCV-115CCE).             D VCT OUTLET I SOL.
* 8
: c. Close both LCV-115BCD).           D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
* 9 10 11
: d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW.           D
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Terminate Cold Leg Injection:  
: e. Open both MVG-8107 and             D MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
: a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D b. Open both LCV-115CCE).
: f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.
D VCT OUTLET I SOL. c. Close both LCV-115BCD).
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108.
CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.
CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.  
: g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
: g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
* MVG-8801ACB).
* MVG-8801ACB).                   D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .
D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .
*
* MVG-8885.
* MVG-8885.
D CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. h. Start one Charging Pump. D i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. D Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT  
CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
: 1. ESTABLISHING increasing.
: h. Start one Charging Pump.
COLD LEG INJECTION.
: i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D
RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . PAGE 33 OF 39 D
D D
* 8
obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.
* 9 10 11
9 Monitor RCS level.                   D 10 Verify RCS level is stable or         D   10 GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING   D increasing.                                   COLD LEG INJECTION.
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
11 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.           D Step 28 .
: a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D b. Open both LCV-115CCE).
* PAGE 33 OF 39
D VCT OUTLET I SOL. c. Close both LCV-115BCD).
 
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108.
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                   PAGE 4 OF 7
CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 12 Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:
CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 12 GO TO Step 15.                     0
: g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
: a. XPP~0031A. PUMP A. is secured. 0
* MVG-8801ACB).
: b. MVG~8809A. RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open.
D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .
: c. MVG~8701A  and MVG~8702A.        0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed.
* MVG-8885.
: d. One of the following is open:
D CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. h. Start one Charging Pump. D i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. D Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT
* MVG~8888A.                      0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
: 1. ESTABLISHING increasing.
* MVG~8889.                      0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
COLD LEG INJECTION.
* PAGE 34 OF 39
RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . PAGE 33 OF 39 D
 
* 12 *
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                     PAGE 5 OF 7
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for 12 GO TO Step 15. gravity feed to the RCS: a.
* 13 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Realign RHR Loop A:
PUMP A. is secured. 0 b.
: a. Close both of the following:
RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. c.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
and 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. d. One of the following is open:
* MVG-8888A.                     0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
* 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8889.                     0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
* 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 34 OF 39 0
: b. Monitor RCS level.               0
* 12 *
: c. Verify RCS level is stable or     0       c. Perform the following:
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for 12 GO TO Step 15. gravity feed to the RCS: a.
increasing.
PUMP A. is secured. 0 b.
RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. c.
and 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. d. One of the following is open:
* 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
* 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 34 OF 39 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 13 Realign RHR Loop A: a. Close both of the following:
* MVG-8888A.
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS level. 0 c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. increasing.
* d. Close MVG-8809A.
0 RWST TO RHR PP A. e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A.
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. f. Open MVG-8887B.
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888A.
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605A.
A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A.
A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
* PAGE 35 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:  
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
* MVG-8888A.
* MVG-8888A.                   0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. OR
OR
* MVG-8889.
* MVG-8889.                   0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
: 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 13 Realign RHR Loop A: a. Close both of the following:
: d. Close MVG-8809A.                 0 RWST TO RHR PP A.
* MVG-8888A.
: e. Open both MVG-8701A and           0 MVG-8702A. RCS LP A TO PUMP A.
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
: f. Open MVG-8887B.                   0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS.
* MVG-8889.
: g. Open MVG-8888A.                   0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS level. 0 c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. increasing.
: h. Set FCV-605A. A BYP. to 40%.     0 i . Open HCV-603A. A OUTLET.         0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.           0 Step 28 .
* d. Close MVG-8809A.
* PAGE 35 OF 39
0 RWST TO RHR PP A. e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A.
 
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. f. Open MVG-8887B.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                    PAGE 6 OF 7
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888A.
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 15 Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605A.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.
A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A.
Step 28.
A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
0
* PAGE 35 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:  
: a. XPP-0031B. PUMP B. is OFF.      0
: b. MVG-8809B. RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open.
: c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.        0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed.
: d. One of the following is open:
* MVG-8888B.                    0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
* MVG-8889.                      0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
* PAGE 36 OF 39
 
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP                      PAGE 7 OF 7
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B:
: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng ALTERNATIVE ACTION are closed:
: 1) MVG-8888B.                    0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
: 2) MVG-8889.                      0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
: b. Monitor RCS 1evel .                0
: c. Veri fy RCS 1eve 1 is stable or    0        c. Perform the following:
increasing.
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
* MVG-8888A.
* MVG-8888B.                   0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. OR
OR
* MVG-8889.
* MVG-8889 .                   0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0
: 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
* 15 *
: d. Close MVG-8809B.                   0 RWST TO RHR PP B.
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. gravity feed to the RCS: Step 28. a. XPP-0031B.
: e. Open both MVG-8701B and           0 MVG-8702B. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
PUMP B. is OFF. 0 b. MVG-8809B.
: f. Open MVG-8887A.                   0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open. c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
: g. Open MVG-8888B.                   0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed. d. One of the following is open:
: h. Set FCV-605B. B BYP. to 40%.       0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET.         0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.           0 Step 28 .
* MVG-8888B.
* PAGE 37 OF 39
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
 
* MVG-8889.
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 36 OF 39 0
* RVLlS INDICATIONS UPPER ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 PLENUM          ELEVATION
* 15 *
(%)                <Fn (Fn 110 100 90 80 70
* REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. gravity feed to the RCS: Step 28. a. XPP-0031B.
* MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR MANSELUMIDLDOP ELEVATION     INCHES         INCHES RVLlS UPPER (FT)                     ABOVE ABOVECL    CL PLENUM (%)
PUMP B. is OFF. 0 b. MVG-8809B.
430'0" 430'   0"       5%
RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open. c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.
5%                -9         65.3 430' 8 %"W'      14             *1/2
0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed. d. One of the following is open:
                                                          -1/2         66.9 CENTERLINE        430'9"         14%
* MVG-8888B.
14    Yl            0        67.0 67 .0 430' 10"       15 1/2 15%                 1         67.2 430' 11" 11 "    16%
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
16 '12              2         67.4 67 .4 431' 1" 431'1"         18%
* MVG-8889.
18    '12          4        67.8 67 .8 431' 431'3"3"     20%
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 36 OF 39 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
20 '12              6        68.2 431' 5"         22%
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng are closed: 1) MVG-8888B.
22 %               8         68,7 68.7 BOTTOM OF SG BOWL       431'' 10" 431           27 '12 27%               13          69.7 It                431' 10 %"
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. 2) MVG-8889.
431'10   '/2"     28           13 '12%      69.8 OF Hl PIPE    431'' 11 %"
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS 1 evel . 0 c. Veri fy RCS 1 eve 1 is stable or 0 c. increasing.
431                29           14 '12 14%           70.0 RCPFLANGE 435' 435'0" 0"     //////11/
* d. Close MVG-8809B.
111111111      111111111
0 RWST TO RHR PP B. e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B.
                                                        //////11/     77.7
RCS LP C TO PUMP B. f. Open MVG-8887A.
* RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 437' 7.4"     111111111
0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888B.
                                        //11//11/       111111111
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605B.
                                                        //////11/     84.3
B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
* PAGE 37 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:  
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
* MVG-8888B.
RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. OR
* MVG-8889 . RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng are closed: 1) MVG-8888B.
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. 2) MVG-8889.
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS 1 evel . 0 c. Veri fy RCS 1 eve 1 is stable or 0 c. increasing.
* d. Close MVG-8809B.
0 RWST TO RHR PP B. e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B.
RCS LP C TO PUMP B. f. Open MVG-8887A.
0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888B.
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605B.
B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
* PAGE 37 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
* MVG-8888B.
RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. OR
* MVG-8889 . RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0
RVLlS INDICATIONS CENTERLINE RCPFLANGE RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 UPPER PLENUM (%) AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 ELEVATION  
<Fn MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR ELEVATION INCHES INCHES (FT) ABOVE CL 430'0" 5% -9 430' 8 %" 14 -1/2 430'9" 14% 0 430' 10" 15% 1 430' 11" 16% 2 431' 1" 18% 4 431'3" 20% 6 431' 5" 22% 8 431' 10" 27% 13 431' 10 %" 28 13 % 431' 11 %" 29 14% 435'0" //////11/
//////11/
437' 7.4" //11//11/
//////11/
RVLlS UPPER PLENUM (%) 65.3 66.9 67.0 67.2 67.4 67.8 68.2 68.7 69.7 69.8 70.0 77.7 84.3
* RVLlS INDICATIONS
* CENTERLINE BOTTOM OF SG BOWL It OF Hl PIPE RCPFLANGE
* RVFLANGE PA G E 38 O F 39 UPPER PLENUM (%) 110 100 90 80 70 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 E LEVATION (Fn MANSELUMIDLDOP MONITOR ELEVATION INCHES INCHES (FT) ABOVECL 430' 0" 5% -9 430' 8 W' 14 *1/2 430'9" 14 Y l 0 430' 10" 15 1/2 1 430'11" 16 '1 2 2 431'1" 18 '12 4 431' 3" 20 '12 6 431' 5" 22% 8 431' 10" 27 '1 2 13 431'10 '/2" 28 13 '12 431'11 %" 29 14 '12 435'0" 111111111 111111111 437' 7.4" 111111111 111111111 RVLlS UPPER PLENUM (%) 65.3 66.9 67.0 67.2 67.4 67.8 68.2 68 , 7 69.7 69.8 70.0 77.7 84.3
* R E Q U I R E D H 0 T L E
* G L E V E L E L E V A T I 0 N
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._--
._._---_.
2" 431' 1'1.' 431' 1" 431' "12" 431' : I I I I V 1--TECH SPEC / I REQmRED FLOW I >2800GPMIN V flllODE6 V I V I I REGION OF I / ACCEPTABLE I V OPERATION I IN MODE 5 I / I 430' 11%" 430' lV V V
* REGION OF I I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION 11" 430' 10'1.' 430' 10" 430' 9'/.'
* V
* I I ) I
* V I I / I . I I I / I I L If I 430' 9" I I I I 430' 8'1.' If 1 / 1 I I I 430' 8" I I L 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 uoo 4.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM) PAGE 39 OF 39 19%" 19" 18'1.' 18" R E Q 17'1.' U I R E 17" D H 16%" 0 T L 16" E G 15'1.' L E V E 15" L 14'/.' 14" 13%"
* R E Q U I R E D H 0 T L E
* G L E V E L E L E V A T I 0 N
* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._--
._._---_.
2" 431' 1'1.' 431' 1" 431' "12" 431' : I I I I V 1--TECH SPEC / I REQmRED FLOW I >2800GPMIN V flllODE6 V I V I I REGION OF I / ACCEPTABLE I V OPERATION I IN MODE 5 I / I 430' 11%" 430' lV V V
* REGION OF I I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION 11" 430' 10'1.' 430' 10" 430' 9'/.'
* V
* I I ) I
* V I I / I . I I I / I I L If I 430' 9" I I I I 430' 8'1.' If 1 / 1 I I I 430' 8" I I L 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 uoo 4.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM) PAGE 39 OF 39 19%" 19" 18'1.' 18" R E Q 17'1.' U I R E 17" D H 16%" 0 T L 16" E G 15'1.' L E V E 15" L 14'/.' 14" 13%" 
* '-'-*"
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0228 RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOlltiay.
JIIII&#xa3;' 12, 1()()9 Pag&#xa3;' I 0/9 * '-'-*"
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0228 RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOlltiay.
JIIII&#xa3;' 12, 1()()9 Pag&#xa3;' I 0/9 
, . *' *
* TASK: 045-020-04-01 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated.
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.
PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431      _._-    -    ,~-~.-
                                  ._._---_.                                                    19%"
2"
: I        I  I  I 1-- TECH SPEC                V 431'                                                      I REQmRED FLOW
                                                                                          /
V 19" 1'1.'                                                    I >2800GPMIN R                                                                                    V E
flllODE6 431' Q  1" 18'1.'
I U
I R
E 431' "12"                  REGION OF I
I I
I
                                                                          /
V                18"    R D
ACCEPTABLE OPERATION                        I I
V                            E H 431' IN MODE 5                        I V
                                                                      /                      17'1.'
Q U
lV 0                                                                                                  I T                                                                                                  R 430'                                                                                              E 17" L 11%"
* D E
V*    I    REGION OF
* G                                                          I    UNACCEPTABLE I    OPERATION                        H 430' 11"
* 16%"  0 L
E V
E 430' 10'1.'
                                                )
V          I I
I
* 16" T
L E
L                                          V                I I                                      G E
430' 10"    .                          /                    I I
15'1.' L L
E I                          I I
E V
A 430' 9'/.'
If
                              /                              I L
I 15" V
E L
T I
0 N
430' 9"
If I                                      I I
I 1
14'/.'
430' 8'1.'
              /                                              1 I
I I
14" I
430' 8"                                                      I L                                13%"
* 1,000          1.soo            2,000                  3.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM)
PAGE 39 OF 39 uoo    4.000
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:    JPSF-0228 RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
APPRO~~'fL:  WRQ    APPROVAL DATE:    6/12/2009 REV NO:  1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* MOlltiay. JIIII&#xa3;' 12, 1()()9                                                  Pag&#xa3;' I 0/9


EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No lOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:
TASK:
SI(iNATtJRE DATE Jfollday.
045-020-04-01               RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP TASK STANDARD:
Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9 , . *' *
Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
* TASK: 045-020-04-01 TASK STANDARD:
TERMINATING CUE:                 Safety Injection manually actuated.
RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated.
PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION                                     PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR                                                            PERFORM
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.
PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
EOP-1.0                  REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO.                KIA NO.                                                RO          SRO 045000K447              K4.47    Turbine trip upon reactor trip              4.0        4.3 000007A101              EA1.01    T/G controls                                3.7        3.4 000007A107              EA1.07    MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has    4.3        4.3 been tripped 000007A202              EA2.02    Proper actions to be taken if the            4.3        4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS:                EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME                          10          TIME CRITICAL        No      10CFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START                              TIME FINISH:                    PERFORMANCE TIME:
PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG:                    SAT:            UNSAT:
EXAMINER:
SI(iNATtJRE          DATE
* Jfollday. Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9                                                                        Page 1 of9
* READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIA. TING CUES:        You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.
HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE!
* Monday, Jllne 21. l()09                                                                Page 3 of9
* STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Verify Turbine/Generator Trip:          Operator determines main turbine has
: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are  NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM closed.                                  STOP VLV status lights and/or LVDT current indicates stop valves still open.
C01"li"IENTS:                                                                      SAT UNSAT STEP:        2 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Trip the turbine.                        Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped.
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT STEP:        3 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes        IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN:      Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.
Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT
* Monday. June 12. 1009                                                                  Page 50f9
* CUES:
STEP:        4 CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDA.RD:
Yes Yes        IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN:          Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK        NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red NON-A.                                        lights OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:        5 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDA.RD:
Yes Yes        IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN:          Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies Locally trip the Main Turbine from the      main turbine trip indication via XCP-Turbine Front Standard (TB-463).            6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or LVDT meter readings.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:      6 CUES:
      *NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
* from MCB.
I ______              ------------------------------~
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes        Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second      Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR delay):                                      and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF.
: 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open.              Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is
: 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open.        tripped; green light ON and red light
: 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. OFF.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT
* .llonday. June 21, ]()()9                                                                      Page 6 0/9
* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP:      7 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Verify both ESF busses are energized.          Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal.
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT UNSAT STEP:      8 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes        Check if SI is actuated:                        Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT Check if either:                                lit.
SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1-    AND 1.
checks XCP-626 top row and OR                                              determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit.
Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row.                                    Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch.
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT UNSAT
* Honday, June 21, 2009                                                                          Page 'i of9
* CR SEQ CL'ES:
STEP:      9 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Check if SI is required:                        Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 Check if any of the following conditions exist:  psig.
                    - PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig.
                    - RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig.
                    - Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig.
                    - Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid.
COMil'IENTS:                                                                                  SAT _ _
UNSAT STEP:      10 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850        I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR
      .p!.e~u!.e  is ~ 1~5~ p~i~    ___________________________ .:
* CR SEQ Yes Yes          Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch.
STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit.
COMMENTS:                                                                                      SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* .l!onJay* .llIne 21, 1()()9                                                                      Page 8 of9
* JPM NO: JPSF-022B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:              RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
IC SET:      13 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN
: 2. Activate:
MAL-TUR020            SELECT= BOTH            (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual)
MAL-RCS006C            SET =    (???)        (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3)
MALF MSS006A            SET = Fail to Close      (MSIV'A')
MALF MSS006B            SET = Fail to Close      (MSIV'B')
MALF MSS006C                  =
SET Fail to Close        (MSIV'C')
MALF PCS005A            SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A')
MALF PCS005B                  =
SET Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B')
* 3. When student ready:
RUN
: 4. When requested, activate:
LOA-TUR011          SELECT=TRIP                (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)
Set Trigger #1.
COi\;LUENTS:
* MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09                                                                Page 90f9


EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No lOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:
JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SI(iNATtJRE DATE Jfollday.
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS:
Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9 
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
* *
INITIATING CUES:           You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
Jfontiay. Jllne 12, 2()()9
The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE! Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9 * *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE! Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9 
* *
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are closed. C01"li"IENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Trip the turbine. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.
COMMENTS:
Monday. June 12. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator determines main turbine has NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV status lights and/or L VDT current indicates stop valves still open. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.
SAT UNSAT Page 50f9 *
*
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are closed. C01"li"IENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Trip the turbine. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.
COMMENTS:
Monday. June 12. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator determines main turbine has NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV status lights and/or L VDT current indicates stop valves still open. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.
SAT UNSAT Page 50f9 
* *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Locally trip the Main Turbine from the Turbine Front Standard (TB-463).
COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA.RD:
Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. STEP STANDA.RD:
SAT UNSAT Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies main turbine trip indication via XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or L VDT meter readings.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
* from MCB. I ______
CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second delay): 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. COMMENTS: .llonday.
June 21, ]()()9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped; green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 0/9 * *
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Locally trip the Main Turbine from the Turbine Front Standard (TB-463).
COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA.RD:
Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. STEP STANDA.RD:
SAT UNSAT Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies main turbine trip indication via XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or L VDT meter readings.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
* from MCB. I ______
CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second delay): 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. COMMENTS: .llonday.
June 21, ]()()9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped; green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 0/9 
* *
* CUES: CR SEQ No Yes STEP: 7 Verify both ESF busses are energized.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated:
Check if either: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1 DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT lit. SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1-AND 1. OR Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. COMMENTS:
Honday, June 21, 2009 checks XCP-626 top row and determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. SAT UNSAT Page 'i of9 * *
* CUES: CR SEQ No Yes STEP: 7 Verify both ESF busses are energized.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated:
Check if either: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1 DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT lit. SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1-AND 1. OR Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. COMMENTS:
Honday, June 21, 2009 checks XCP-626 top row and determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. SAT UNSAT Page 'i of9 
* *
* STEP: 9 CL'ES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if SI is required:
Check if any of the following conditions exist: -PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig. -RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig. -Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig. -Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid. COMil'IENTS:
STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 psig. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR is
___________________________
.: CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. .l!onJay * .llIne 21, 1()()9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 * *
* STEP: 9 CL'ES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if SI is required:
Check if any of the following conditions exist: -PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig. -RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig. -Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig. -Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid. COMil'IENTS:
STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 psig. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR is ___________________________
.: CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. .l!onJay * .llIne 21, 1()()9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 
* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-022B DESCRIPTION:
RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. Activate:
MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006C SET = Fail to Close (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3) (MSIV'A') (MSIV'B') (MSIV'C')
MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A') MALF PCS005B SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B') 3. When student ready: RUN 4. When requested, activate:
LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)
Set Trigger #1. COi\;LUENTS:
MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9 *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-022B DESCRIPTION:
RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. RUN 2. Activate:
MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006C SET = Fail to Close (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3) (MSIV'A') (MSIV'B') (MSIV'C')
MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A') MALF PCS005B SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B') 3. When student ready: RUN 4. When requested, activate:
LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)
Set Trigger #1. COi\;LUENTS:
MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9 JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfontiay.
Jllne 12, 2()()9 JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfontiay.
Jllne 12, 2()()9
* *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf': EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,lfollda), * .lillie 12. 2009 f. Page J of9 * *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf': EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,lfollda), * .lillie 12. 2009 f. Page J of9 
* *
* TASK: 026-005-01-01 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY TASK STANDARD:
At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure.
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR
 
==REFERENCES:==


EOP-1.0 INDEX NO. KIA NO. 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION RO SRO 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME --
f.
---_.------PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAll'lINER:
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:     JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
SIGNATURE DATE Mllllday.
APPROVAL: WRQ          APPROVAL DATE:       6/22/2009 REV NO:   0 C ANOIDA Tf':
JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9 * *
EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* TASK: 026-005-01-01 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY TASK STANDARD:
* ,lfollda),* .lillie 12. 2009                                                        Page J of9
At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure.
* TASK:
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
026-005-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR  
MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE:                     RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                           PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR                                                             PERFORM


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
 
EOP-1.0                 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO.                   KIA NO.                                               RO          SRO 026000A401                 A4.01     CSS controls                                 4.5         4.3 000011A104                 EA1.04   ESF actuation system in manual               4.4         4.4 026000A203                 A2.03     Failure of ESF                               4.1         4.4 TOOLS:               EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME                             5         TIME CRITICAL         NO     IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START:                               TIME FINISH:                     PERFORMANCE TIME
EOP-1.0 INDEX NO. KIA NO. 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION RO SRO 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME --
                      -- ~- ~- ---~-                        -- -_.- -- ---
---_.------PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAll'lINER:
PERFORMANCE RA TING:                         SAT:               UNSAT:
SIGNATURE DATE Mllllday.
EXAll'lINER:
JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9
SIGNATURE           DATE
* *
* Mllllday. JUlie 21. 20fJ9                                                                             Page 1 of9
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
* READ TO OPERA TOR:
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9 * *
INITIATING CUES:             As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME'
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:
* Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009                                                                 Page 3 of9
The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
* STEPS CUES:
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
STEP:
HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9 
CR SEQ                                                            STEP STA.NDARD:
*
No Yes              Verify RB pressure has remained LESS          Operator locates PR-951, determines THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951),     RB pressure> 12 psig and goes to red pen.                                      Alternative Action.
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), red pen. COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:                                                                                    SAT UNSAT STEP:     2 CUES:
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are lit: -XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). -XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL). COMMENTS:
CR SEQ                                                            STEP STANDARD:
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STA.NDARD:
No Yes              Verify both of the following annunciators are Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 lit:                                          2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit.
Operator locates PR-951, determines RB pressure>
                        - XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
12 psig and goes to Alternative Action. STEP STANDARD:
                        - XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL).
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
COMMENTS:                                                                                    SAT UNSAT STEP:     3 CUES:
* EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
1------------------------------------ .
* spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not * .
    *EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
CR SEQ Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE: -Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2. OR -Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2. COJ-I/'rfENTS:
      *spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not        *
Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
    .~~----------------------------------.
Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE position.
CR SEQ                                                            STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Page -' 0/9 * *
Yes Yes              IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN        Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 actuate RB Spray by placing the following    AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE switches to ACTUATE:                          position.
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), red pen. COMMENTS:
                        - Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2.
STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are lit: -XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). -XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL). COMMENTS:
OR
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STA.NDARD:
                        - Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2.
Operator locates PR-951, determines RB pressure>
COJ-I/'rfENTS:                                                                               SAT UNSAT
12 psig and goes to Alternative Action. STEP STANDARD:
* Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009                                                                       Page -' 0/9
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
* CUES:
* EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
CR SEQ STEP:    4 STEP STANDARD:
* spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not * .
No Yes           Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are  the following lits are NOT lit:
CR SEQ Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE: -Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2. OR -Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2. COJ-I/'rfENTS:
bright on XCP-6105.
Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:
MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN COMiUENTS:                                                                            SAT
Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE position.
* CUES:
SAT UNSAT Page -' 0/9 
STEP:    5 UNSAT CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
* *
Yes Yes            Ensure the following are open:          Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105.
                    - MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP      3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN.
COMiUENTS:
A(B) SUCT.                              Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT. COiUMENTS:
COiUMENTS:                                                                            SAT  _~ ___ ~
MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
UNSAT
Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes the following lits are NOT lit: MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN STEP STANDARD:
* MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009                                                                  Page 6 0/9
SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT ___ UNSAT Page 6 0/9 * *
* CUES:
* STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105.
CR SEQ STEP:    6 STEP STANDARD:
COMiUENTS:
Yes Yes           Ensure the following are open:          Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT. COiUMENTS:
                    - MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP      3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN.
MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
A(B) SUeT.                             Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes the following lits are NOT lit: MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN STEP STANDARD:
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:     7 CUES:
SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT ___ UNSAT Page 6 0/9 
CR SEQ                                                     STEP STANDARD:
* *
Yes Yes           Ensure the following are open:         Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
* STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUeT. COMMENTS:
                    - MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP    3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN.
STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B) . COMMENTS:
* COMMENTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. COJJMENTS:
A(B) .                                 Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
HOliday * .lillie 22. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT STEP:    8 CUES:
Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in NORMAL-AFTER-START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps.
SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps. SAT UNSAT Page':' 0/9 * *
COJJMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT
* STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUeT. COMMENTS:
* HOliday* .lillie 22. 2009                                                                Page':' 0/9
STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B) . COMMENTS:
* CUES:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. COJJMENTS:
CR SEQ STEP:      9 STEP STANDARD:
HOliday * .lillie 22. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN      Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 2500 gpm for each operating train on:    and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm.
Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
                      - FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. STEP STANDARD:
                      - FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.
SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps. SAT UNSAT Page':' 0/9 
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:     10 CUES:
* *
1------------------------------------ *
* STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on: -FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. -FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. COMMENTS:
      *NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
      *b2 ~o~~ !2.Y ,2t ~a~t !l'i~s~p.ln .lh~*.pr.oc~,!;!r~ __________________ ..
Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
*
Yes Yes            Stop all RCPs.                            Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps.
* NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
COMJl-fENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* b2
* ;\fonda),* .lillie n. 2009                                                                  Page 8 of9
!2.Y ,2t
* JP1U NO: JPSF-019B JPl\-l SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:              MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN
* __________________
                            'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. COMJl-fENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\fonda), * .lillie n. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 * *
* STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on: -FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. -FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. COMMENTS:
STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------
*
* NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
* b2
!2.Y ,2t
* __________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. COMJl-fENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\fonda), * .lillie n. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 
* *
* JPl\-l SETUP SHEET JP1U NO: JPSF-019B DESCRIPTION:
MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:
1.Activate:
BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA 1 (Train A) OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA2 (Train A) NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????
2.RUN until RB pressure>
12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.
MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 * *
* JPl\-l SETUP SHEET JP1U NO: JPSF-019B DESCRIPTION:
MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:
IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:
1.Activate:
1.Activate:
BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA 1 (Train A) OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA2 (Train A) NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????
BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)
2.RUN until RB pressure>
CS-SGA 1 (Train A)
12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)
CS-SGA2 (Train A)
NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????
2.RUN until RB pressure> 12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running.
: 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0.
: 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.
Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.
MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
* MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009                                                                 Page 9of9
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITL4.L CONDITION:
The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfol1doy * .lime 22. 2009 JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITL4.L CONDITION:
The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfol1doy * .lime 22. 2009 
*
* 8 *
* EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Verify RB pressure has remained D
* 8 Perform the following:
LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951. RB PSIG (P-951). red pen. a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:
* XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
* XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
* Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. OR
* Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. b) Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 . c) Ensure the following are open:
* MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
* MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
* MVG-3003A(B).
SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B). d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:
* FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
* FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. f) Stop Qll RCPs. PAGE 6 OF 33 D D D D D D D D D D D D *
* 8 *
* EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Verify RB pressure has remained D
* 8 Perform the following:
LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951. RB PSIG (P-951). red pen. a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:
* XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
* XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
* Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. OR
* Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. b) Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 . c) Ensure the following are open:
* MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
* MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
* MVG-3003A(B).
SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B). d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:
* FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
* FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. f) Stop Qll RCPs. PAGE 6 OF 33 D D D D D D D D D D D D 
* *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7 * *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL:
WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7 
* *
* TASK: TASK STANDARD:
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITL4.L CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
INITIATING CUES:          As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfol1doy* .lime 22. 2009


INDEX NO. KIA NO. 000038A104 EA1.04 0000092123 2.1.23 00WE03A101 EA1.1 TOOLS: EOP-2.1 EVALUA TION TIME TIME START:
EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION
PERFORMANCE RA TING: E.XAMINER:
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
M01lday * .Il1ne 11. 1009 RO SRO PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
* 8 Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951.
Components, and functions of control 4.0 4.0 and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:
RB PSIG (P-951). red pen.
_ ..
ALTERNATIVE ACTION D
SAT: L!NSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page1o/7 *
* 8 Perform the following:
*
a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:
* TASK: TASK STANDARD:
* XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).     D
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR
* XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). D IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
* Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2.     D OR
* Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2.     D b) Verify Phase B Isolation by      D ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 .
* c) Ensure the following are open:
* MVG-3001A(B),
RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
D
* MVG-3002A(B),                 D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
* MVG-3003A(B).                  D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B).
d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are D running.
e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:
* FI-7368,                       D SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
* FI-7378,                       D SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.
f) Stop Qll RCPs.                  D
* PAGE 6 OF 33
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:    JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL: WRQ      APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
* Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009                                              Page lof7
* TASK:
TASK STANDARD:
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV.
TERJllNA TING CUE:             RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed.
PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION                                   PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD SIMULATOR                                                          PERFORM


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


INDEX NO. KIA NO. 000038A104 EA1.04 0000092123 2.1.23 00WE03A101 EA1.1 TOOLS: EOP-2.1 EVALUA TION TIME TIME START:
INDEX NO.             KIA NO.                                                 RO          SRO 000038A104             EA1.04     PZR spray, to reduce coolant system         4.3         4.1 pressure 0000092123            2.1.23    Ability to perform specific system and       4.3         4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
PERFORMANCE RA TING: E.XAMINER:
* 00WE03A101 TOOLS:
M01lday * .Il1ne 11. 1009 RO SRO PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
EA1.1 EOP-2.1 Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 4.0        4.0 EVALUA TION TIME                        10           TIllIE CRITICAL     No     IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START:                            TllvlE FINISH:                   PERFORMANCE TIME:
Components, and functions of control 4.0 4.0 and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:
                    -~-~-----~                            ---~~~---                          _.. --,,-.--~~
_ ..
PERFORMANCE RA TING:                    SAT:               L!NSAT:
SAT: L!NSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page1o/7
E.XAMINER:
* *
SIGNATURE             DATE
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
* M01lday* .Il1ne 11. 1009                                                                            Page1o/7
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
* READ TO OPERA TOR:
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1. POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
A LOCA is in progress.
INITIATING CUES:         The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8.
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1. POST -LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME'
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' ilJonday.
* ilJonday. June 22. 2009                                                               Page 3 of7
June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7 * *
* STEPS CUES:
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
STEP:
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
1------------------------------------.
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
A LOCA is in progress.
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1. POST -LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' ilJonday.
June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7
* *
* STEPS STEP: CUES: 1------------------------------------.  
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:
E,ZB a.!0ll,0"!-u&#xa3;
      .0.Eer.at~n.l.if,1h~ o.ee~t2.'" 2.ttE!.mE.ts..!0~s2 E,ZB ~r~y 'ya.!.ve~, .2s~ a.!0ll,0"!-u&#xa3; CJ..u~ti.2n~ ____
____
* CR SEQ                                                                     STEP STANDARD:
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: -Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OR -Using RCP B: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. CO,tfMENTS:
Yes Yes           Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:                  Operator selects PZR Spray valves to
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:                           operate.
Operator selects PZR Spray valves to operate. Locates and depresses OPEN button on PCV-444D controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Locates and depresses CLOSED button on PCV-444C controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
                    - Using RCP A:                                            Locates and depresses OPEN button on
: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY.                             PCV-444D controller; notes red light
: 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY.                           OFF and green light ON.
OR                                                      Locates and depresses CLOSED button
                    - Using RCP B:                                            on PCV-444C controller; notes red light
: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY.                            OFF and green light ON.
: 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY.                            Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action.
CO,tfMENTS:                                                                                                SAT UNSAT
* CUES:
la~s2.ci.2.te2 CR SEQ STEP:      2
* NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
* NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
* ___________________________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS. COil-lMENTS:
                      ~o~k '!.a~e;.. ___________________________
Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places control switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 50f7 * *
                                                                                                                        .I Yes Yes           Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to                       Operator locates and places control depressurize the RCS.                                    switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.
* STEPS STEP: CUES: 1------------------------------------.
COil-lMENTS:                                                                                               SAT UNSAT
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:
* Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009                                                                                       Page 50f7
E,ZB a.!0ll,0"!-u&#xa3;
* CUES:
____
STEP:     3 IE~a~al0r:.N2.te.;. ~d~r~e .&#xa3;o~d~o~s ~iILaePl~ ___________________ .I CR SEQ                                               STEP STANDARD:
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: -Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OR -Using RCP B: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. CO,tfMENTS:
No Yes         Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% Operator locates and verifies PZR level
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
[50%].                                indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value).
Operator selects PZR Spray valves to operate. Locates and depresses OPEN button on PCV-444D controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Locates and depresses CLOSED button on PCV-444C controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
COMJl'fENTS:                                                                    SAT UNSAT STEP:    4 CUES:
* NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
CR SEQ                                                STEP STANDARD:
* ___________________________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS. COil-lMENTS:
Yes Yes        Stop RCS depressurization.            After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE.
Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close.
Operator locates and places control switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 50f7
Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
*
COMMENTS:                                                                       SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
* STEP: 3 CUES: .------------------------------------.
* Monday. Jllne 11. 1009                                                               Page 6 of7
___________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. COMJl'fENTS:
* JP]f NO: JPSF-150A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION:               DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET:         10 INSTRUCTIONS:
STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization.
: 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068               SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P               Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed)
COMMENTS:
VLV-RC003P               Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed)
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
: 2. RUN
Operator locates and verifies PZR level indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
: 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7.
After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7 * *
: 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST
* STEP: 3 CUES: .------------------------------------.
: 6. FREEZE
___________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. COMJl'fENTS:
STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization.
COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and verifies PZR level indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7
* JPM SETUP SHEET JP]f NO: JPSF-150A DESCRIPTION:
DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:  
: 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) 2. RUN 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST 6. FREEZE
* 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
* 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
* 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:
: 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:
PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0
: 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.
COiUMENTS:
COiUMENTS:
MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7
* MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009                                                             Page 7of7
* JPM SETUP SHEET JP]f NO: JPSF-150A DESCRIPTION:
 
DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) 2. RUN 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST 6. FREEZE
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS:
* 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
* 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:
INITIATING CUES:             The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8.
PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
* HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK .
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
  .1follllay. JUlie 21. 1()()9
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
 
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.
EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
COiUMENTS:
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1&#xa3; SI has been terminated. THEN GO TO Step 13.
* JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
D
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
* Any Charging Pump is running     D with flow indicated on FI-943.
A LOCA is in progress.
CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
OR
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK . . 1follllay.
* Any RHR Pump is running in the     D SI Mode.
JUlie 21. 1()()9 JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE - Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level.
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:
A LOCA is in progress.
* a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
* Using RCP A:
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK . . 1follllay.
: 1) Open PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
JUlie 21. 1()()9
: a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS .
* *
D
* EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
: 2) Close PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D OR
* Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
* Using RCPs B AND C:
* Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1&#xa3; SI has been terminated.
: 1) Open PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D
THEN GO TO Step 13. D NOTE -Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level. 8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:
: 2) Close PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
* Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D.
: b. Verify PZR 1eve 1 is GREATER     D       b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D THAN 30% [50%].                              30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8.
PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444C.
CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9.
PZR SPRAY. D OR
: c. Stop RCS depressurization.       D
* Using RCPs B AND C: 1) Open PCV-444C.
* PAGE 6 OF 21
PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444D.
 
PZR SPRAY. D b. Verify PZR 1 eve 1 is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. D c. Stop RCS depressurization.
                                                                                          ~
D PAGE 6 OF 21 a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary D to depressurize the RCS . b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8. CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9. * *
(120 V~(j)
* EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O:     JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL: WRQ     APPRm~IL  DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l ~"'[)I[)A rF EX.\~IINFR THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9                                                 Puge I of 15
* Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
 
* Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1&#xa3; SI has been terminated.
8 J:4SK:
THEN GO TO Step 13. D NOTE -Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level. 8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:
TASK SJ:4SDARD:
* Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D.
PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444C.
PZR SPRAY. D OR
* Using RCPs B AND C: 1) Open PCV-444C.
PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444D.
PZR SPRAY. D b. Verify PZR 1 eve 1 is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. D c. Stop RCS depressurization.
D PAGE 6 OF 21 a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary D to depressurize the RCS . b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8. CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9.
*
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL:
WRQ DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l rF THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 (120 Puge I of 15 *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL:
WRQ DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l rF THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 (120 Puge I of 15 8 * *
* J:4SK: TASK SJ:4SDARD:
Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.
Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.
TERMIN.*'
TERMIN.*' TLVG CUE:           Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.
TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.
PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION                                   PREFERRED EVALUATION ,\fETHOD SIMULATOR                                                      PERFORM
PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION  
,\fETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


/.'VDEXNO.
    /.'VDEXNO.           KIA NO.                                             RO          SRO 015000A303          A3.03     Verification of proper                      3.9          3.9 functioning/operability 015000A402          A4.02     NIS indicators                              3.9          3.9 TOOLS:             STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME                     25            TIME CRITICAL    NO      JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 TIML START                         riME EI'IISfI:                  PLRfORMANCF TIME PERFOR~14NCE          RA.T1NG:       S:\T            U~S.\T:
015000A303 015000A402 KIA NO. A3.03 A4.02 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME TIML START RA.T1NG: EXAIIJINER:
EXAIIJINER:
Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 Verification of proper functioning/operability NIS indicators RO 3.9 3.9 SRO 3.9 3.9 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 riME EI'IISfI:
SI(;NATURE            IJATE Jfonaay, June n, 11)09
PLRfORMANCF TIME S:\T SI(;NATURE IJATE 8 * *
 
* J:4SK: TASK SJ:4SDARD:
*" READ TO OPERATOR:
Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
TERMIN.*'
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:                    None 1/vITl4L CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.
TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.
INITIATING CUES:              The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.
PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION
* HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda),* .lillie 11. 2009                                                                  Page J flf I5
,\fETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR
 
--* STEPS ClES:
STEP:
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Record Reactor power on Attachments I and  Operator records approximately 60 cps II.                                        on Attachment I.
COllJME.VTS:                                                                          SAT U,vSAT STEP:      2 CVES:
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes        Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.      Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
COMMENTS:                                                                              SAT VNSAT STEP:      3 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Verify the following:                      Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-      (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB 620 4-5) alarms.                            CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
: 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
COMMENTS:                                                                             SAT U;VSAT
    ;\fonday. Jllne n. 20119                                                                  PUKe 5 oj 15
 
(I STEP:      4 CVES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR            Operator turns the OPERATIONAL switch to LEVEL ADJUST.                SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
COMJIE:YTS:                                                                        SAT UNSAT STEP:      5 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Verify the following:                  Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620  annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
3-4) alarms.
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT STEP:      6 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                    STEP STA!VDARD:
Yes Yes          Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer    Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the POWER ABOVE        potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.      until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
COMiIIENTS:                                                                        SAT UNSAT lfollJay. Jllne 21. 1009                                                              Page 6 of 15
 
STEP:      7 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
No Yes            Verify the following:                    Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit.
: 1) P6 monitor light is lit.
: 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.
COM,'.IEVTS:                                                                             SAT UNSAT STEP:       8 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-
Attachment I.                            0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COIIIIIIENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:      9 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer        Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP  potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise drawer light is lit.                      until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT II00Ido)' * .JlIne 11. 20/19                                                                Page 7 of 15
 
8 STEP:      10 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip      Operator records approximately 20 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I.                5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COM!.JENTS:                                                                              SAT L'NSAT STEP:      11 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer      Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP      clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.                      drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit.
COiIU,fENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT STEP:      12 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
No Yes            Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX is lit.                                  HI monitor light on the MCB is lit.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT
  .!follday* .lillie 11. 2f1119                                                                Page II "115
 
STEP:    13 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes              Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint Operator records approximately 25 (+/-
on Attachment I.                        5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COiIJiIJENTS:                                                                            SAT VNSAT STEP:      14 Cl'ES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer      Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL    potentiometer on drawer N-35 TRIP drawer light extinguishes.          counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
COMiHENTS:                                                                                SAT VNSAT STEP:      15 CVES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
No Yes            Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX is off.                                   HI monitor light on the MCB is off.
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9                                                                Page 9 of 15
 
-*      CVES:
CR SEQ STEP:      16 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset      Operator records approximately 20 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I.            5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COAfMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNSAT STEP:      17 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                  STEP ST*' NDA RD:
Yes Yes          Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer  Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
COMMENTS:                                                                          SAT UNS.4T STEP:      18 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                  STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset  Operator records approximately 19 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I.            5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COlIJ.'rIE:VTS:                                                                    SAT UNSAT Jlollda),. JUlJe 11. 1009                                                            Puge 10 of 15


==REFERENCES:==
&    C['ES:
CR SEQ STEP:        19 STEP STA/IiDARD:
Yes Yes        Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer        Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE    potentiometer on drawer N-35 PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.        counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
COMJJEVTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:      20 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        Verify the following:                      Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off.
: 1) P6 monitor light is off.
: 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.
COIllMENTS:                                                                            SAT U;VSAT STEP:      21 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                      STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Operator records approximately 7(+/-
Attachment I.                              0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COMMENTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT Monday, lillie 11, 1009                                                                Page /I of 15


/.'VDEXNO.
(I
015000A303 015000A402 KIA NO. A3.03 A4.02 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME TIML START RA.T1NG: EXAIIJINER:
* CUES:
Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 Verification of proper functioning/operability NIS indicators RO 3.9 3.9 SRO 3.9 3.9 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 riME EI'IISfI:
CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP:       22 Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
PLRfORMANCF TIME S:\T SI(;NATURE IJATE 
" * *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION:
Mode 3, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda), * .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5 " * *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION:
Mode 3, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda), * .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5 
* *
* STEPS STEP: ClES: CR SEQ No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. COllJME.VTS:
STEP: 2 CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
;\fonday.
Jllne n. 20119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 60 cps on Attachment I. SAT U,vSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. SAT U;VSAT PUKe 5 oj 15 * *
* STEPS STEP: ClES: CR SEQ No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. COllJME.VTS:
STEP: 2 CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. COMMENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
;\fonday.
Jllne n. 20119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 60 cps on Attachment I. SAT U,vSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. SAT U;VSAT PUKe 5 oj 15 (I * *
* STEP: 4 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. COMJIE:YTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. COMiIIENTS:
lfollJay.
Jllne 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator turns the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. STEP STA!VDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of 15 (I * *
* STEP: 4 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. COMJIE:YTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. COMiIIENTS:
lfollJay.
Jllne 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator turns the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. STEP STA!VDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of 15 
*
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. COM,'.IEVTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. COIIIIIIENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. COMMENTS:
II00Ido)'
* .JlIne 11. 20/19 STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 7 of 15 *
* STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. COM,'.IEVTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. COIIIIIIENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. COMMENTS:
II00Ido)'
* .JlIne 11. 20/19 STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 7 of 15 8 * *
* CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 10 Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COM!.JENTS:
STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. COiIU,fENTS:
STEP: 12 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
.!follday
* .lillie 11. 2f1119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT L'NSAT STEP STANDARD:
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is lit. SAT UNSAT Page II "115 8 * *
* CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 10 Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COM!.JENTS:
STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. COiIU,fENTS:
STEP: 12 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
.!follday
* .lillie 11. 2f1119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT L'NSAT STEP STANDARD:
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is lit. SAT UNSAT Page II "115 
*
* STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COiIJiIJENTS:
STEP: 14 Cl'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
COMiHENTS:
STEP: 15 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is off. COMMENTS:
Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 25 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP STANDARD:
SAT VNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is off . SAT UNSAT Page 9 of 15 *
* STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COiIJiIJENTS:
STEP: 14 Cl'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
COMiHENTS:
STEP: 15 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is off. COMMENTS:
Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 25 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP STANDARD:
SAT VNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is off . SAT UNSAT Page 9 of 15 
-* *
* CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 16 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COAfMENTS:
STEP: 17 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 18 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COlIJ.'rI E:VTS: Jlollda),.
JUlJe 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP ST*' NDA RD: SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
SAT UNS.4T STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 19 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Puge 10 of 15 -* *
* CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 16 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COAfMENTS:
STEP: 17 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 18 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COlIJ.'rI E:VTS: Jlollda),.
JUlJe 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP ST*' NDA RD: SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
SAT UNS.4T STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 19 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Puge 10 of 15 
& *
* STEP: 19 C['ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. COMJJEVTS:
STEP: 20 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. COIllMENTS:
STEP: 21 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. COMMENTS:
Monday, lillie 11, 1009 STEP STA/IiDARD:
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off. SAT U;VSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 7(+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Page /I of 15 & *
* STEP: 19 C['ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. COMJJEVTS:
STEP: 20 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. COIllMENTS:
STEP: 21 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. COMMENTS:
Monday, lillie 11, 1009 STEP STA/IiDARD:
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off. SAT U;VSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator records approximately 7(+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Page /I of 15 (I * *
* STEP: 22 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
COM,UENTS:
STEP: 23 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. COMMENTS:
STEP: 24 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. COMJIE\TS:
.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.
STEP STANDARD:
STEP STANDARD:
SAT U.VSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:
TRIP 1: 25 (+1-5.0) TRIP 2: 19 (+1-5.0) TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1-0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%):
4.5 (+1-0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1-0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (-5.0) STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. SAT l;.vSAT Page 12 of 15 (I * *
* STEP: 22 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
COM,UENTS:
STEP: 23 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. COMMENTS:
STEP: 24 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. COMJIE\TS:
.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 STEP STANDARD:
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.
STEP STANDARD:
COM,UENTS:                                                                                   SAT U.VSAT STEP:      23 CCES:
SAT U.VSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:
CR SEQ                                                          STEP STANDARD:
TRIP 1: 25 (+1-5.0) TRIP 2: 19 (+1-5.0) TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1-0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%):
No Yes        Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch              Operator turns the OPERATOR through all positions, recording the indication SELECTOR switch through all positions, for each position on Attachment I.              recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:
4.5 (+1-0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1-0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (-5.0) STEP STANDARD:
TRIP 1:                 25 (+1- 5.0)
SAT UNSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. SAT l;.vSAT Page 12 of 15 e * *
TRIP 2:                 19 (+1- 5.0)
* STEP: 25 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:  
TRIP 3:                 7.5 (+1- 0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4:                 N/A 12.2 CPS:               N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%): 4.5 (+1- 0.5) E-5 10-2%:                   8 (+1- 0.5) E-3 100%:                   100 (- 5.0)
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. COJUfE:VTS:
* COMMENTS:
STEP: 26 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. COM.'l.JENTS:
CUES:
STEP: 27 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:  
CR SEQ STEP:      24 STEP STANDARD:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. COMMENTS:
SAT UNSAT Yes Yes          Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to            Operator turns the OPERATOR NORMAL.                                        SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL.
'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
COMJIE\TS:                                                                                    SAT l;.vSAT
Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears. STEP STANDARD:
  .1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119                                                                        Page 12 of 15
SAT UVSAT Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
 
Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light on the MCB is off. SAT UNSAT Page I.i of 15 e * *
e STEP:       25 CUES:
* STEP: 25 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
CR SEQ                                                           STEP STANDARD:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. COJUfE:VTS:
No Yes           Verify the following:                       Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off
STEP: 26 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. COM.'l.JENTS:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator
STEP: 27 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620        (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears.
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. COMMENTS:
3-4) clears.
'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
COJUfE:VTS:                                                                               SAT UVSAT STEP:       26 CUES:
Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears. STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
SAT UVSAT Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes           Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.       Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light on the MCB is off. SAT UNSAT Page I.i of 15
COM.'l.JENTS:                                                                             SAT UNSAT STEP:       27 CCES:
-* *
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
* STEP: 28 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
No Yes           Verify the following:                       Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is
COiHMENTS:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off    off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP
STEP: 29 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. COM:HENTS:
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-      annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and 620 4-5) clears.                           the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light
Examiner ends JPM at this point. \lollday * .fIlJle 12. ]()09 STEP STANDARD:
: 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. on the MCB is off.
Operator enters "NORMAL" in the blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. STEP STANDARD:
COMMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT
SAT lWSAT Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency.
  'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009                                                                  Page I.i of 15
Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. SAT UNSAT Ptlge U oIl5 -* *
 
* STEP: 28 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
-*     CUES:
COiHMENTS:
CR SEQ STEP:     28 STEP STANDARD:
STEP: 29 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. COM.'IlENTS:
Yes Yes           Verify channel restoration by a second   Operator enters "NORMAL" in the operator.                                blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 ..
Examiner ends JPM at this point. \lollday * .fIlJle 12. ]()09 STEP STANDARD:
CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch.
Operator enters "NORMAL" in the blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. STEP STANDARD:
COiHMENTS:                                                                                SAT lWSAT STEP:    29 CUES:
SAT lWSAT Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency.
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. SAT UNSAT Ptlge U oIl5
Yes Yes            Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency. Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II.
-* *
COM.'IlENTS:
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:
COM:HENTS:                                                                               SAT UNSAT
INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST /c SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
* Examiner ends JPM at this point.
COMMENTS:
  \lollday* .fIlJle 12. ]()09                                                                 Ptlge U oIl5
.\follda), * .Il1ne n. 1(}09 -* *
 
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:
-* JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:
INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST /c SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
JPM SETUP SHEET INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST
COMMENTS:  
  /c SET:
.\follda), * .Il1ne n. 1(}09 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION:
COMMENTS:
Mode 3, steady state conditions.
    .\follda),* .Il1ne n. 1(}09
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Monday. June 12, 2009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
 
SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION:
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
Mode 3, steady state conditions.
SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS:             None INITIAL CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Monday. June 12, 2009
INITIA TlNG CUES:     The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.
* *
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERA liONS COpy NO. ___ _ SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR Original Signed By: G. Williams APPROVAL AUTHORITY CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL LETTER CHANGE DATE 11/06/98 DATE 11/09/98 DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION CHANGE TYPE DATE LETTER CHANGE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Monday. June 12, 2009
 
SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERAliONS COpy NO._ _ __
SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker                           11/06/98 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR                                 DATE Original Signed By: G. Williams                       11/09/98 APPROVAL AUTHORITY                                     DATE
* CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION DATE CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE CANCELLATION DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
APPROVAL CANCELLATION DATE DATE * *
 
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERA liONS COpy NO. ___ _ SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR Original Signed By: G. Williams APPROVAL AUTHORITY CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL LETTER CHANGE DATE 11/06/98 DATE 11/09/98 DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION CHANGE TYPE DATE LETTER CHANGE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
* 1.0 SECTION PURPOSE TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.0 PROCEDURE 7.0 DATA REQUIREMENTS                                      6 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                                     6
APPROVAL CANCELLATION DATE DATE
 
* 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 *
==9.0 REFERENCES==
* TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PURPOSE PRECAUTIONS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST FREQUENCY INITIAL CONDITIONS PROCEDURE DATA REQUIREMENTS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA REFERENCES ENCLOSURES ATTACHMENTS STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4 PAGE 6 6 6 6 Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
6 10.0 ENCLOSURES                                             6 ATTACHMENTS Attachment I     Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data
* 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 *
* Attachment II     Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
* TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PURPOSE PRECAUTIONS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST FREQUENCY INITIAL CONDITIONS PROCEDURE DATA REQUIREMENTS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA REFERENCES ENCLOSURES ATTACHMENTS STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4 PAGE 6 6 6 6 Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
 
* *
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.0   PURPOSE 1.1   This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1.
* 1.0 PURPOSE STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time. 2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip. 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None. 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days. 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None . 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power. 6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. PAGE 1 OF 6 * *
2.0   PRECAUTIONS 2.1   Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time.
* 1.0 PURPOSE STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time. 2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip. 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None. 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days. 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None . 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power. 6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. PAGE 1 OF 6
2.2   Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip.
* *
3.0     TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1   None.
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:  
4.0     TEST FREQUENCY 4.1   This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days.
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:  
5.0     INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1   None .
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:  
* 6.0   PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power.
: g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
6.1   Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II.
PAGE 2 OF 6 * *
PAGE 1 OF 6
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
 
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
: g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
: b. Verify the following:
PAGE 2 OF 6
: 1)     LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
* *
: 2)     IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
* n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following:
: 3)     CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
: c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following:
: d. Verify the following:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
: 1)     CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
PAGE 3 OF 6 * *
: 2)     NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
* n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following:  
: e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.  
: f. Verify the following:
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following:  
: 1)     P6 monitor light is lit.
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
: 2)     CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.
: g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I.
* h.
i.
j.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I.
Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.
: k. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.
I. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I.
: m. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
PAGE 2 OF 6
 
STP-102.003 REVISION 4
: n. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
: o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
: p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
: q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
: r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
: s. Verify the following:
: 1)     P6 monitor light is off.
: 2)     CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.
: 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I.
: u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I.
: w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
: x. Verify the following:
: 1)     CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
* y.
z.
: 2)     NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
Verify the following:
: 1)     LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
: 2)     IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
: 3)     CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 3 OF 6
PAGE 3 OF 6
* 6.3 *
 
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:  
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.3 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:  
: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:  
: b. Verify the following:
: g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1 ) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
: 1)     LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
: 2)     IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
: 3)     CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
: c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
: d. Verify the following:
: 1)     CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
: 2)     NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
: e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
: f. Verify the following:
: 1)     P6 monitor light is lit.
: 2)     CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit.
: g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II.
* h.
i.
j.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.
: k. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.
I. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II.
: m. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
PAGE 4 OF6
PAGE 4 OF6
* 6.3 *
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
: g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1 ) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
PAGE 4 OF6 
* *
* n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following: 1 ) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off. t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following: 1 ) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 5 OF 6 * *
* n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following: 1 ) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off. t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following: 1 ) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 5 OF 6 
* *
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.
7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II. 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.


==9.0 REFERENCES==
STP-102.003 REVISION 4
: n. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
: o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
: p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
: q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
: r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
: s. Verify the following:
: 1)      P6 monitor light is off.
: 2)      CHAN II P6 monitor light is off.
: t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II.
: u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II.
: w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
: x. Verify the following:
: 1)      CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
* y.
z.
: 2)      NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
Verify the following:
: 1)      LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
: 2)      IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
: 3)      CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 5 OF 6
 
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4  Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.
7.0    DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1  All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II.
8.0    ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1  The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.
 
==9.0   REFERENCES==
 
9.1  V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1.
9.2  1MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual.
10.0  ENCLOSURES 10.1 None.
PAGE 6 OF 6
 
STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _____ _
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA
: 1. REACTOR POWER _  __ __ __
: 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE        BISTABLE    TECH SPEC        TECH SPEC          EXPECTED          AS FOUND ACTION      SETPOINT        ALLOWABLE              %PWR              %PWR POWER ABOVE          TRIP      ~ 7.5 X 10-6%    ~ 4.5 X 10-60/0      7.5 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE          RESET            N/A              N/A            6.7 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD          TRIP            N/A              N/A                20%
STOP HI LEVEL ROD        RESET            N/A              N/A                N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP        TRIP          5.25%            5. 31%              25%
HI LEVEL TRIP        RESET            N/A              N/A                N/A
: 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS                          SAT/UNSAT
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION                      METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4                                N/A 12.2 CPS                              N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)
2%
10-2%
10-100%
: 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ ___  __ __ ________  __ _ _ ___ _  _


9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1. 9.2 1 MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual. 10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None. PAGE 6 OF 6 * *
STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# _ _ __
* STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA
7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II. 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.  
: 1. REACTOR POWER_ _ _ __
: 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE        BISTABLE    TECH SPEC          TECH SPEC        EXPECTED          AS FOUND ACTION      SETPOINT        ALLOWABLE          %PWR            %PWR POWER ABOVE          TRIP    ~ 7.5 X 10-60/0    ~ 4.5 X 10-6%    7.5 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE          RESET          N/A                N/A        6.7 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD          TRIP          N/A                N/A            20%
STOP HI LEVEL ROD          RESET          N/A                N/A            N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP        TRIP          ~25%              ~31%              25%
HI LEVEL TRIP        RESET          N/A                N/A            N/A
: 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS                  SAT/UNSAT
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION                      METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4                                  N/A 12.2 CPS                                N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)
10-2%
100%
: 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __


==9.0 REFERENCES==
l V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10:  JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L: WRQ      APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED
  ,\lollda),. JlIlle 11. 1009                                              Page lof9


9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1. 9.2 1 MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual. 10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None. PAGE 6 OF 6 
-*  TASK:
* *
000-117-05-04 TASK STANDARD:
* INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-6% 4.5 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION EXPECTED %PWR STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ____ _ AS FOUND %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-6% 20% N/A 25% N/A SAT/UNSAT OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________
RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436). The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip".
_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ______________
TERIIUNA TlNG CUE:               The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).
_ * *
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                     PREFERRED E'~ILUATION METHOD PLANT                                                            SIMULATE
* INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-6% 4.5 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION EXPECTED %PWR STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _ AS FOUND %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-6% 20% N/A 25% N/A SAT/UNSAT OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________
_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _____________
_  
* *
* INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-60/0 4.5 X 10-6% PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# ___ _ EXPECTED AS FOUND %PWR %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-60/0 20% N/A 25% N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________
_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ___________
_ * *
* INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-60/0 4.5 X 10-6% PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# ___ _ EXPECTED AS FOUND %PWR %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-60/0 20% N/A 25% N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ___________
*
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10: JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,\lollda),.
JlIlle 11. 1009 l Page lof9 *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10: JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L:
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,\lollda),.
JlIlle 11. 1009 l Page lof9 
-* *
* TASK: 000-117-05-04 RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION TASK STANDARD:
The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436).
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED METHOD SIMULATE PLANT


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
EOP-13.0                  RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO.                KIA NO.                                              RO          SRO 000029A112              EA1.12    MIG set power supply and reactor trip        4.1          4.0 breakers 000029A111              EA1.11    Manual opening of the CRDS breakers          3.9          4.1 0000292130              2.1.30    Ability to locate and operate                4.4          4.0 components, including local controls.
TOOLS:                EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE                        10          TIME CRITICAL        No      IOCFR55: 45(a)8
* TIML START:
PERFORMANCE RATING:
EXAMINER:
TIMIIINISIi' SAT'            UNS,\T PERI ()R~IAN('E SIGN,\TURE TIM!"
D.\TE
  ,Ifill/day* .lillie n. 2009                                                                          Page ]of9
* READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:                    High Noise Area.
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.
INITIA TlNG CUES:          Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1.
              .:A------------------------------~
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
:ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                              :
                .------------------------------~
:FOR        ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
L I ______________________________ ~I I                                                                                  I HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.'
  \louda)', .fllne 11, 2009                                                                      PU1le 3 of9


EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO.
-* STEPS CVES:
KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.
STEP:
TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIML START: TIMIIINISIi' PERI TIM!" PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT' UNS,\T EXAMINER:
1------------------------------------.
SIGN,\TURE D.\TE ,Ifill/day
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp:
* .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9 -* *
land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.
* TASK: 000-117-05-04 RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION TASK STANDARD:
IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them .
The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436).
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations. Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted);
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR
This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).
      ~c2v2!a.!!s21~~p.La~~e~h1.rt~n.2.p2n,ts* _____________________                                        ~
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED METHOD SIMULATE PLANT
CR SEQ                                                          STEP STANDARD:
No Yes          Locally open both reactor trip breakers.        Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.
COiIJMENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:      2 CUES:
STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ No Yes          Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers        Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags.
COMJ'j,IENTS:                                                                              SAT UNSAT Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009                                                                          PageS of9


==REFERENCES:==
"*    CCES:
STEP:      3
      .------------------------------------~
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light
      ,a,!!d~al ,,!h~ I~h.!,i~*.o.t'"~ft!r .!.h~ '2P~a~ 2,a~      2! !beJ>i~o!.gljp~ ___________ ..
I CR SEQ                                                                          STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes              OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR                              Operator opens MG set generator breaker.                                                  breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.
COMMENTS:                                                                                                  SAT UNSAT STEP:      4 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light                        :
      ,a,!!d~al "rh~ I~h.!, iiLL!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i '2P~a!2 2,a stt 2! !bejli~o!...9r:!P~ ___________ ..
CR SEQ                                                                          STEP ST4NDARD:
Yes Yes              OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker.                        Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COMMENTS:                                                                                                  SAT UNSAT STEP:      5 CUES:
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
      ,s,2y ":T~s..!.ig,bt ~ 9,F,E" ~ft~ !!:,e,l: o~!.a~ e~c,b ~ t!l.e &#xa3;is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;. ____________ ..
CR SEQ                                                                          STEP STANDARD:
No Yes            OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR                              Operator attempts to open MG set breaker.                                                  generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COMM E.'VTS:                                                                                                SAT CiVSAT Ifollday* ./1I11l! 22. 1009                                                                                      PlIgeo of9
 
STEP:      6 CL'ES:
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
IS~y ':T~s.,!!g,bt ~ QF,E" ~ft~ ~ej; o~,!;.a~ e~c,b '! t!;,e ~is.!.oljJri&#xa3;s.;. ____________ ..
CR SEQ                                                                    STEP STANDARD:
No Yes        OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker.                        Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COJI*JfENTS:                                                                                          SAT UNSAT STEP:      7 CUES:
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.
IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing.
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1.
STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ Yes Yes        OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE                        Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436)                            in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results.
COMMENTS:                                                                                              SAT UNSAT
  .Hollday. June 12, 1009                                                                                    Page 7 n/9


EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO.
STEP:     8 Cl'ES:
KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.
:EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and
TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIML START: TIMIIINISIi' PERI TIM!" PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT' UNS,\T EXAMINER:
    ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.
SIGN,\TURE D.\TE ,Ifill/day
    'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If
* .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9 
    'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say
* *
    '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
    '"CLOSED" flag is showing.
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
    'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:
    !~~rC!.L2.vo;!      1,,;, _____________________________ _
A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1 . .
CR SEQ                                                             STEP STANDARD:
:A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
No Yes           OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE               Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412)                     in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results.
:
COLlU.tENTS:                                                                                   SAT lINSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : I I I I L ______________________________ HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.' \louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9 *
Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009                                                                           Puge 8 0/9
*
* JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
ICSET:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
JPM SETUP SHEET LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:
A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1 . .
:A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
:
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : I I I I L ______________________________ HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.' \louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9 
-* *
* STEPS STEP: CVES: 1------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp: land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.
IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations.
Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted); Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR
_____________________ CR SEQ No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers.
COiIJMENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers COMJ'j,IENTS:
Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags. SAT UNSAT PageS of9 -* *
* STEPS STEP: CVES: 1------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp: land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.
IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations.
Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted); Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR
_____________________ CR SEQ No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers.
COiIJMENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers COMJ'j,IENTS:
Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags. SAT UNSAT PageS of9 
" * *
* STEP: 3 CCES:
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light I
* .o.t'"
2!
___________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR breaker. COMMENTS:
STEP: 4 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens MG set generator breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.
SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light : ,a,!!d iiL L!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i 2, a stt 2! !be
___________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP ST4NDARD:
Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: ,s,2y
..!.ig,bt 9,F,E"
!!:,e,l: t!l.e &#xa3;is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;.
____________
.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR breaker. COMM E.'VTS: Ifollday * ./1I11l! 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to open MG set generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT CiVSAT PlIgeo of9 " *
*
* STEP: 3 CCES:
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light I
* .o.t'"
2!
___________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR breaker. COMMENTS:
STEP: 4 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens MG set generator breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.
SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light : ,a,!!d iiL L!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i 2, a stt 2! !be
___________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. COMMENTS:
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP ST4NDARD:
Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: ,s,2y
..!.ig,bt 9,F,E"
!!:,e,l: t!l.e &#xa3;is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;.
____________
.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR breaker. COMM E.'VTS: Ifollday * ./1I11l! 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to open MG set generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT CiVSAT PlIgeo of9 
*
* STEP: 6 CL'ES: .------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
.,!!g,bt QF,E"
'! t!;,e
____________
.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. COJI*JfENTS:
STEP: 7 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT UNSAT ,------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.
ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1 . . _------------------------------------
CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) COMMENTS: .Hollday.
June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT UNSAT Page 7 n/9 *
* STEP: 6 CL'ES: .------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
.,!!g,bt QF,E" '! t!;,e
____________
.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. COJI*JfENTS:
STEP: 7 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
SAT UNSAT ,------------------------------------.
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.
ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1 . . _------------------------------------
CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) COMMENTS: .Hollday.
June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT UNSAT Page 7 n/9 
*
* STEP: 8 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------
:EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. 'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If 'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red '"CLOSED" flag is showing. , 'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.
ISP-027 would require 1,,;, _____________________________
_ CR SEQ No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) COLlU.tENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT lINSAT Puge 8 0/9 * *
* STEP: 8 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------
:EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. 'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If 'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red '"CLOSED" flag is showing. , 'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.
ISP-027 would require 1,,;, _____________________________
_ CR SEQ No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) COLlU.tENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT lINSAT Puge 8 0/9
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:
LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR ICSET: INSTRUCTIONS:
COJfMENTS:
COJfMENTS:
* Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9
  ~f""da)', Jlln, 11, 2009                                 Pu!(e 90[9
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:
 
LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR ICSET: INSTRUCTIONS:  
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:                  High Noise Area.
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip.
but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.
LVITIA nVG CVES:           Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0. Attachment 1.
r------------------------------------,
  .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY                                                          *
:PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                                              :
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009


COJfMENTS:
EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY               PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         ALTERNATIVE ACTION
* Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9
* The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped.
* JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
1 Open ~ the following breakers at         1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR. Reactor Trip Breaker             XCA0005-CR. Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463):                         Cabinet (IB-463):
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:
* XSWOO01-RT-A.                     0
A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROA TC inserted a manual trip. but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0.
* Generator No. 1 GENERATOR.       0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.
Attachment
* Generator No. 1 MOTOR.           0
: 1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
* XSWOOO1-RT-B.                     0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.
: ._-----------------------------------.
* Generator No. 2 GENERATOR.       0
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
* XSWOO01-BYA.                     0
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:
* Generator No. 2 MOTOR.           0 REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A.
A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROA TC inserted a manual trip. but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0.
1&#xa3; the Reactor is NOT tripped.
Attachment
* XSWOO01-BY-B.                     0       THEN open the following breakers:
: 1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
: ._-----------------------------------.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009 
* *
* 1 EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped. Open the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR.
Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR.
Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463):
Cabinet (IB-463):
* XSWOO01-RT-A.
0
* Generator No. 1 GENERATOR.
REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.
* Generator No. 1 MOTOR.
* XSWOOO1-RT-B.
0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.
* Generator No. 2 GENERATOR.
* XSWOO01-BYA.
0
* Generator No. 2 MOTOR. REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. 1&#xa3; the Reactor is NOT tripped.
* XSWOO01-BY-B.
0 THEN open the following breakers:
REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.
REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.
* XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
* XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B 0 XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
* XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).
* XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A 0 XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).
2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete . PAGE 12 OF 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 * *
2 Notify the Control Room when       0 actions are complete .
* 1 EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped. Open the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR.
PAGE 12 OF 13
Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR.
 
Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463):
J V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION                                     (S f'-'~I~'V' )
Cabinet (IB-463):
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO:   JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL: JAL       APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5
* XSWOO01-RT-A.
( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009                                                 Page I of.7
0
 
* Generator No. 1 GENERATOR.
TASK:
REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.
061-012-01-04             RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)
* Generator No. 1 MOTOR.
* XSWOOO1-RT-B.
0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.
* Generator No. 2 GENERATOR.
* XSWOO01-BYA.
0
* Generator No. 2 MOTOR. REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. 1&#xa3; the Reactor is NOT tripped.
* XSWOO01-BY-B.
0 THEN open the following breakers:
REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.
* XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
* XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).
2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete . PAGE 12 OF 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 
*
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL:
JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 ( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 J (S ) Page I of.7 *
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL:
JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 ( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 J (S ) Page I of.7
*
* TASK: 061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)
GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:
GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:
TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.
TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.
TERMINATING CUE:               TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PLANT  
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                 PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT                                                             SIMULATE


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
SOP-211                  EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO.            KIANa.                                                RO            SRO 000007Al0B          EA 1.0B    AFW System                                  4.4            4.3 061000A204          A2.04      pump failure or improper operation          3.4            3.B TOOLS:            SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME                      5          nHE CRITICAL          No      IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START:                                                          PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG:                SAT:
EX4MINER:
SIGNATURE              DATE
  ,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009                                                                            Page 2 of7


SOP-211 KIANa. EA 1.0B AFW System PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. 000007Al0B 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation RO 4.4 3.4 SRO 4.3 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT: EX4MINER:
e
SIGNATURE DATE ,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7 *
* READ TO OPERATOR:
* TASK: 061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.
[NITIA TlNG CUES:           The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PLANT
IV.D. Step 2.1 .
                .IA------------------------------~
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
:ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                        :
                  .------------------------------~
                  .------------------------------~
:FOR      ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
*                 :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE:
  .Ifollday. Jllne 11. 1009                                                                  Page 3 of7


==REFERENCES:==
e STEPS STEP:
CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP        Operator locates and rotates trip valve TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE                    manual handwheel fully clockwise to VALVE (IB-412), as follows:                raise the trip latch.
: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT UNSAT STEP:      2 CUES:
      ,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism              ,
Ib~tt2n.2n.2~s~ri.ug.!.h~~e_m2.n~l.!.ri~le.!'e!.is_e~~e~. _______________ .I CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage.
COMiUENTS:                                                                                SAT UNSAT STEP:      3 CUES:
CR SEQ                                                        STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes          Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage Operator locates and manually pulls trip from the trip latch lever.                  latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage.
COMMENTS:                                                                                  SAT UNSAT
  \fonJa),* .Iune 21, 1009                                                                        Ptlge 5 of7


SOP-211 KIANa. EA 1.0B AFW System PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. 000007Al0B 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation RO 4.4 3.4 SRO 4.3 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT: EX4MINER:
e STEP:     4 CUES:
SIGNATURE DATE ,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7 e * *
      .------------------------------------~
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
      ,NOTE:   The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to, It~e :::.a~e~t~m;.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
CR SEQ                                                            STEP STANDARD:
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
Yes Yes         Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter      Operator locates and turns trip valve clockwise and back-off one quarter tum.         handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve.
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
COiIJMENTS:                                                                                   SAT UNSAT STEP:     5 CUES:
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
CR SEQ                                                             STEP STANDARD:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
Yes Yes         Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED                 Operator locates and rotates the manual CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV                             adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction as follows:                                      (fully counter clockwise).
The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.
: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully       Operator rotates the manual adjustment counterclockwise.                                knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).
The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211. IV.D. Step 2.1 . .
IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
:
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : * * *
* HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE: .Ifollday.
Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7 e * *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.
The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211. IV.D. Step 2.1 . .
IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
:
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : * * *
* HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE: .Ifollday.
Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7 e * *
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. COMMENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and rotates trip valve manual handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,
_______________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. COMiUENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. COMMENTS:
\fonJa), * .Iune 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and manually pulls trip latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage. SAT UNSAT Ptlge 5 of7 e * *
* STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. COMMENTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and rotates trip valve manual handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,
_______________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. COMiUENTS:
STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. COMMENTS:
\fonJa), * .Iune 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage. STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Operator locates and manually pulls trip latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage. SAT UNSAT Ptlge 5 of7 e * *
* STEP: 4 CUES: ,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to,
______________________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. COiIJMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 5 Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.  
: 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
: 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:                                                                                     SAT UNSAT
Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\Iol/Jay.
* Examiner ends JPM at this point.
June 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
  ;\Iol/Jay. June 21. 1009                                                                         Page 6 of7
Operator locates and turns trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
 
Operator locates and rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction (fully counter clockwise).
-* JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:
Operator rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).
JPM SETUP SHEET RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET:
SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7 e * *
INSTRUCTIONS:
* STEP: 4 CUES: ,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to,
COM1IIENTS:
______________________________
    .~f()nJa)' * .J/lne n. 10119                                             Page 70/7
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. COiIJMENTS:
CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 5 Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.
: 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\Iol/Jay.
June 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and turns trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction (fully counter clockwise).
Operator rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).
SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7
-* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:
RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
COM1IIENTS:
* .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 -* *
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:
RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
COM1IIENTS:  
* .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.
The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
: ._----------------------------------_.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.
The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
: ._----------------------------------_.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009 
* *
* SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 01.1 The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset. o o o o 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS


===2.1 Reset===
JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:
and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. b. c. d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum. CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes. o o e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS:
Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44 * *
[NITIA TlNG CUES:        The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1.
* SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 01.1 The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset. o o o o 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS
r------------------------------------,
  .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY                                                  *
:PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                                    :
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009


===2.1 Reset===
SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP
and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. b. c. d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum. CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes. o o e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.
* 01.1 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset.
Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1   Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows:
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44
o      a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.
*
o      b. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage.
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL:
o      c. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever.
WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),.
o      d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum.
Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB *
CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes.
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL:
: e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows:
WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),.
o
Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB 
: 1)     Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.
-* e *
o              2)      Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
* TASK: TASK STA,VDARD:
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901.
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE PLANT


==REFERENCES:==
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO:     JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL: WRQ      APPRm:.n DATE:  6/1212009 REVlVO:  0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),. Jill'" !l. 211119                                              Page I "fB


SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 synchronizing light, static transfer)
-* TASK:
TOOLS: SOP-310, Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT EXAMINER:
TASK STA,VDARD:
SIUNATtIRJ-flAT/: \fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
* e *
TERMliVA TlNG CliE:           Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.
* TASK: TASK STA,VDARD:
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION                                   PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT                                                            SIMULATE
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901.
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE PLANT


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
SOP-310                  120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO.            KIA NO.                                                RO        SRO 062000A103          Al03      Effect on instrumentation and controls of    2.5        2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303          A3.03      Adequate transformer/inverter operation      2.3        2.3 062000A304          A3.04      Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging    2.7        2.9 e    TOOLS:
synchronizing light, static transfer)
SOP-310, Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE                    10          TIME CRITICAL          No    JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START*                        TIME FINISH:                      PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG:                  SAf              llNSAT
* EXAMINER:
SIUNATtIRJ-        flAT/:
  \fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009                                                                        Puge] 0/8
* READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.
INITIA T1NG CUES:            The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310, Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3.
              .~T ------------------------------~
NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
                ~NY PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                                  :
                .------------------------------~
                .------------------------------~
:FOR        ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
*              :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
              *L______________________________
* HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME'
                                                                                                    ~
Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009                                                                          Page J nl8


SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 synchronizing light, static transfer)
STEPS STEP:
TOOLS: SOP-310, Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT EXAMINER:
Cl'ES:
SIUNATtIRJ-flAT/: \fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8 
      .------------------------------------~
* *
      .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
* ItI:!!sl'0~iti2n~ _______________________________ .I CR SEQ                                                   STEP STANDARD:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
No Yes         The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the     Locates and verifies the TEST CENTER position.                        TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:
COMMEVTS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:    2 CUES:
The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310, Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3 . . T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : PLANT EQUIPMENT!
:
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : *
* L ______________________________ HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME' Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8 *
* INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:
The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310, Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3 . . T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : PLANT EQUIPMENT!
:
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : *
* L ______________________________ HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME' Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8 
* *
* STEPS STEP: Cl'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
* _______________________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
COMMEVTS:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Locates and verifies the TEST TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
* 1.n
* 1.
______________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
IS!,i~hjs n ~i~J~u.!.h~e~) .E0~ti2"~ ______________________ .I CR SEQ                                                   STEP STANDARD:
COl.U.IENTS:
No Yes         The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS PREF ISOLATE position.                  Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
COl.U.IENTS:                                                                       SAT UNSAT STEP:     3 CUES:
Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
      .------------------------------------~
SAT UNSAT .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *
      .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the   *
* right)" position." * 'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
      *right)" position."                                                                           *
* 1 ______ -----------------------------_.
      'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
CR SEQ No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. COiHJIENTS:
* 1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ .
lfonJoy, June n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ                                                   STEP STANDARD:
Locates and verifies APN 1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. SAT CVSAT Puge:; of8 *
No Yes         APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901         Locates and verifies APN 1FA 19, ALT VIA XIT5901 is closed.                  SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.
* STEPS STEP: Cl'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
COiHJIENTS:                                                                        SAT CVSAT lfonJoy, June  n, 1009                                                                  Puge:; of8
* _______________________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
 
COMMEVTS:
STEP:       4 Cl'ES:
STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
    ,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The ALT AC SOURCE                         ,
Locates and verifies the TEST TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.
    .Ble~k~ i~ill,th,!l ~I~e!! ~P&#xa3;e!:r &#xa3;O~iti2.n,,:,  ____________________ ..
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
Yes Yes           Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the     Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE inverter front.                              Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.
* 1.n
COJHIE,...,TS:                                                                            SAT UNSAT STEP:        5 CUES:
______________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
    ,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The                   ,
COl.U.IENTS:
    .S.9Id.RfE_S&sect;L&sect;C.JC2..R &sect;~tcb i~ ill,t,!s &#xa3;O~ti2.n,,:, __________________ ..
STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDA RD:
Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
Yes Yes           After the one minute regulator logic warm-up After one minute. locates and places period. place the SOURCE                    SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position.      LINE position.
SAT UNSAT .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *
COMMENTS:                                                                                 SAT UNSAT STEP:       6 CUES:
* right)" position." * 'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
    ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,
* 1 ______ -----------------------------_.
    .S!"i~h..!s.T ,!tli~P2si!l0!:!;";,. __________________________ ..
CR SEQ No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. COiHJIENTS:
CR SEQ                                                         STEP STANDARD:
lfonJoy, June n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes           Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP      Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS TO PREF position.                            Switch to BYP TO PREF position.
Locates and verifies APN 1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. SAT CVSAT Puge:; of8
COil,IMENTS:                                                                             SAT UNSAT I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009                                                                       P"xe 6 /Jf8
*
 
* STEP: 4 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------. ,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The AL T AC SOURCE ,
*"      n'ES:
____________________  
      .EVALUATOR STEP:       7 I------------------------------------~
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the inverter front. COJHIE,...,TS:
CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The , .S.9Id.R fE_ S&sect;L&sect;C.JC2..R ill,t,!s
__________________  
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period. place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA RD: After one minute. locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the LINE position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,
__________________________  
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP TO PREF position.
COil,IMENTS:
I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to BYP TO PREF position.
SAT UNSAT P"xe 6 /Jf8 *
* STEP: 4 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------. ,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The AL T AC SOURCE ,
____________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the inverter front. COJHIE,...,TS:
STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The , .S.9Id.R fE_ S&sect;L&sect;C.JC2..R ill,t,!s
__________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period. place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position.
COMMENTS:
STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA RD: After one minute. locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the LINE position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,
__________________________
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP TO PREF position.
COil,IMENTS:
I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:
Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to BYP TO PREF position.
SAT UNSAT P"xe 6 /Jf8 
*
* STEP: 7 n'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
* is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
* is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
* _______________________
      *s.2y.:T!l!sls~2t,llle_m2t~r~a2s.: _______________________
* CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:  
* CR SEQ                                                             STEP STANDARD:
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. COiUJ/E.VTS:
No Yes           Verify the following:                           Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120
STEP: 8 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts.               volts and frequency at 60 Hz.
Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120 volts and frequency at 60 Hz. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
: b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The
COiUJ/E.VTS:                                                                                 SAT UNSAT STEP:       8 CUES:
* _____________________
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The                 *
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the NORMAL position.
      ,I'1.A~. &sect;.Y&#xa3;:A&sect;s..S~t&#xa3;hls ~ ~isJ>O..:>i!!.?'!;." _____________________
COl"tll*tENTS:
* CR SEQ                                                             STEP STANDARD:
STEP: 9 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes            Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the            Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS NORMAL position.                                Switch to NORMAL position.
Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to NORMAL position.
COl"tll*tENTS:                                                                               SAT UNSAT STEP:       9 CUES:
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say *
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * ,"!h2, . .: ________________
      ,"!h2, S2'LRfE_SSl!:~C.r0_Rl'wltc.!! i~ir;.thls E,o~ti2.n ..: ________________
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
* CR SEQ                                                             STEP ST4NDARD:
COMJtENTS:
Yes Yes           Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to             Locates and places SOURCE the OUTPUT position.                             SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position COMJtENTS:                                                                                   SAT UNS.1T Examiner ends JPM at this point.
Examiner ends JPM at this point. If"",/a),.
If"",/a),. Jlllle n. 1009                                                                         Page '70/8
Jlllle n. 1009 STEP ST4NDARD:
 
Locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position SAT UNS.1T Page '70/8 " * *
JPM SETUP SHEET JPP-207 JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION:           RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET:
* STEP: 7 n'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
INSTRUCTIONS:
* is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
* _______________________
* CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. COiUJ/E.VTS:
STEP: 8 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120 volts and frequency at 60 Hz. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The
* _____________________
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the NORMAL position.
COl"tll*tENTS:
STEP: 9 CUES: STEP STANDARD:
Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to NORMAL position.
SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * ,"!h2, . .: ________________
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
COMJtENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point. If"",/a),.
Jlllle n. 1009 STEP ST4NDARD:
Locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position SAT UNS.1T Page '70/8 JPM SETUP SHEET JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION:
RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
* Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8
Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009                                               Page 8 of8
* JPM SETUP SHEET JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION:
 
RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:
JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:
COMMENTS:
* Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8
* JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:
SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:
SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.
The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310. Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. r------------------------------------, iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I :PLANT EQUIPMENT!  
I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES:     The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310. Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3.
: ._----------------------------------_.
r------------------------------------,
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. \fonda),.
iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY                                                         I
June 11. 2009 JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:
:PLANT EQUIPMENT!                                                                           :
SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
INITIAL CONDITION:
\fonda),. June 11. 2009
The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310. Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. r------------------------------------, iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
 
: ._----------------------------------_.
SOP-310 REVISION 10
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. \fonda),.
* o 1.1 o 1.2 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
June 11. 2009 
XMC 1DA2Y or DPN 1HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front.
* *
o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
* SOP-310 REVISION 10 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
o 1.2 XMC 1 DA2Y or DPN 1 HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front. o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front.
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. 02.1 02.2 02.3 2.4 0 0 02.5 02.6 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front. After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.
02.2  After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.
02.3  Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.
Verify the following:  
2.4  Verify the following:
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.
0      a.     AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts.
Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
* 0 02.5 02.6
END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78 * *
: b.     AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.
* SOP-310 REVISION 10 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.
o 1.2 XMC 1 DA2Y or DPN 1 HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front. o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. 02.1 02.2 02.3 2.4 0 0 02.5 02.6 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front. After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.
Verify the following:  
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.
Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78}}
END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78
*}}

Latest revision as of 09:01, 12 March 2020

Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Sim/In-Plant JPMs
ML092850024
Person / Time
Site: Summer South Carolina Electric & Gas Company icon.png
Issue date: 10/10/2009
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
South Carolina Electric & Gas Co
References
50-395/09-301
Download: ML092850024 (177)


Text

().. /

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • IIJollday* .lillie 12. 2009 Pllge lof7
  • TASK:

000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical. Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TE~"lINA TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications

  • 000001A101 000001A102 TOOLS:

AA1.01 AA1.02 AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 Bank select switch Rod in-out-hold switch 3.5 3.6 3.2 3.4 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME:

PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT:

EXAMINER: ~-.-----".- ...---.---------- --

/

-~--------

SIGNATURE DATE

  • .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7
  • READ TO OPERA TOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.

HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE!

  • MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7
  • STEPS CUES:

I NOTE:

_ _ _AOP-403.3 STEP:

Immediate ________________________ J Action.

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required: Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of

- Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim.

AND

- No load rejection has occurred (C7A OR C7B).

COMMENTS: SAT _ __ _ _

UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

1------------------------------------.

I NOTE:

_ _ _AOP-403.3 Immediate ________________________ J Action.

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in Operator locates and positions Rod MAN. Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

1------------------------------------.

IN_OLE;,. A_O':.-4.9 3J L !rl m e,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 Page 5 of7
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

.------------------------------------~

EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "

.------------------------------------~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within Operator locates and positions Control 1.0°F of Tref. Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F.

  • COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point.

SAT _

UNSAT

  • MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 Page 6 of7
  • JPM NO: JPS-036B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS:
1. RUN
2. When student is ready, activate:

MAL-CRF006A SEVERITY =72 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion)

BST-RC040 ACTUATED Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)

CVC016A SET =50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto)

COMMENTS:

  • Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 70f7
  • JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Jfollday* .lillie 11. 1009

    • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO._ _ __

ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2

.. SAFETY ~ELATED DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A- P sh~

sl~~

    • CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required .

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

~ SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM - A CHANGEF L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 REV. # _2__ OiG.~ COMM. # _ __

TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT ~ SAFETY RELATED x REVISION __ RESTRICTED ___ FROM _ _ _ _ _ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED _ _

L DE~: Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light.

REASON FOR CHANGE:

MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light.

onglnator IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:

  • YES NO N/A
1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw)
2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment? --*-
3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? -- --*-
4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity. Safeguards Contingency - -

or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __

  • If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _

REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT:

() OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS

..... '"YES-, m.rto.~ section ofpl'OaldU"forcliredio~n.

() GMNPO l..£: I!.

tif1:.

ofpl'OaldU"forcliNdio~n.

f

() MNTS () PM 0 HPS J1GMESJlGMES ~ iSine Supel'VlSor O.te b.te

.i2'QA

. (roC

() NPS

()TS

() MNT 0 DE

) GMNSS QRC 0,--,)

L:)...c. ** *

rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S ~ "~ ",/ ~

A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN

~REQUIRED EVALUAnoN;:::~ /

( y~ ~

f" r

~ REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT II ~ PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT: MRF 22769C

." '-,/::i!D~)~6a""'p::::li-ne-s~upervtS---'::'-or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce--

V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:

QUAUFIED REVIEWER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ QA REVIEW _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ _ __

TELECONBY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

TELECONBY

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _ _ _ _ __

SHIFT SUPERVISOR VI. DlSaPlJNE~OR~: VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? ~

C. YES NO -J.L:t1 TRAINING REQUIRED? YES __ NO_ - - NLiOE//" T b.te

/ ~ YES

~

-- ftR:l":ES""P:lP;-.-.i'<M~G'I;R-.

iiR:J!:ESi' I

-
M~G""R-.-----I.-"b.-:.=te

l..--.:O:-*.,.....te

'" IFYES.PRIORTOPROCEDUREIMPl.EME~ON?

P/CAPAFFECl'ED? YES~NO V.

YES_ NO_

va :i ~A iliJrAppHcaWe)

COMMENTSRESOlVED:_

COMMENTSRESOLVED:_ It-Zft-~ QA Concurreno Date iscipline Supervisor D.te Approv)1lConcurrence Approv)llConcurrence , JI O.te X. PSltC RMEW:

A. REVIEWED BY: B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:

Date Oate Responsible Manager Date COMMENTS: YES_ NO_

ChiJrrnlln PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn PSRC Date

AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION ~

PURPOSE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACT! ONS 2

    • PAGE i

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2

1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1.
2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2.
3. DBD. Reactor Protection System.
4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System.
5. 1080837. Sheet 9.
6. 10B0932. Sheet 21.

REVISION

SUMMARY

Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested .

    • PAGE ii

AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion.

SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS

1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change.
3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
  • RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
  • CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
  • eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
  • CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
  • RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
  • OP aT AUTO IURB RUNBCK W/DRWl BLCK (XCP-621 1-4>.
  • aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
  • IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
  • PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4).
4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) .
    • PAGE 1 OF 3

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2

    • CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Q)

CD Verify rod motion is NOT required: 1 GO TO AOP-214.2. RESPONSE TO LOAD REJECTION/RUNBACK.

0

  • Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD
  • NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78).

~

@ Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN.

0 .

tv G) Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:

a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.

4 Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 5 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref.

6 Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level.

7 Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.

(2220 psig to 2250 psig).

8 Notify the following plant personnel:

  • Management Duty Supervisor. 0 0
  • Reactor Engineering .
  • Rod Control System Engineer . 0
  • PAGE 2 OF 3

AOP-403.3

'~ REVISION 2

e. CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE - Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.

9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure.

10 Proceed as directed by the Shift []

Supervisor.


1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------

e

  • e PAGE 3 OF 3

APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10
  • TASK:

006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:

FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

SOP-112 SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM ARP-001-XCP-611 PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 006000A113 A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron 3.5 3.7 concentration)

  • TOOLS:

EVALUATION TIME TIME START:

SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 30 TIME FINISH:

TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT:

EXAMINER:

SIGNATURE DATE

  • MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 Page 10//0
  • READ TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.

INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.

ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME!

  • MOllday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

I ____________________________________ ~

'IAW-ARP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

  • CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint COilJiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

  • Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
  • modeled on the simulator.

I ______ ------------------------------~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve)

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verifies recirc valve open Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • .UoIIJay* .lillie 11. 2009 Page 5 of 10
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

  • Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running .*

I~~~~ __ ------------------------------~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT

  • ~T STEP: 6 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT _~ __

UNSAT

  • .Uonda)'* ./une 11. 1009 Page 6 of 10
  • CUES:

STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~

IS.b0~Id..re.9u2s!. a.ee.2r £h~c~ _________________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red accumulator. light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator. HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner. 'A' accumulator level increasing.

COiUMENTS: SAT _ __

UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa Acknowledges alarm and determines 'A' annunciator. accumulator pressure is high.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 Page 70/10
  • CUES:

STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Secures filling operation. HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON ..

COMMENTS: SAT _ __

UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%.

COMMENTS: SAT ~~

  • ~4T STEP: 12 CUES:
  • Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should
  • I~~!~~~~~----------------------------~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure. PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 Page 8 of 10
  • CL'ES:

CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMj~JENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • Jfollday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 9(}/ 10
  • JPM NO: JPSF-058A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION)

IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN
2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by:

LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT)

3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65%

LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O

4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by:

VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM)

VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV)

When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig:

VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=O VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.

5. FREEZE
6. When student is ready RUN.
7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:

LOA-AUX009 SEVERITY=1 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve)

LOA-AUX043 SELECT=RACK IN (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker)

COMMENTS:

  • MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 100fl0

JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA. T10NS:

INITl4.L CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.

INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

MOllday* .lillie 11. 1009

ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 SETPOINT: ORIGIN:

ACCUMA Hi - 88.6% ILB00920A ILB00920B LVL Lo - 65.6% ILB00922A ILB00922B HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE:

1. Accumulator A over or under filled.
2. Valve leakage or misalignment.
3. Accumulator discharge into RCS.
4. Accumulator leak.
5. Instrument failure.

AUTOMATIC ACTIONS:

1. None.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:

  • 1.

2.

3.

Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %.

Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level.

Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112.

SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS:

1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.

REFERENCES:

1. B-804-611, Sh. 1.
2. B-208-095, SI-80.
3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.
4. SOP-112.
5. 1MS-51-161 .
  • PAGE 3 OF 13

SOP-112 REVISION 17 IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4.

CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):

  • D 2.2 a.

b.

XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.

XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.

Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open.

D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup.

D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r)

D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH .

  • PAGE 3 OF 30

SOP-112 REVISION 17

  • o 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows:
a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r)

CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV.

0 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%.

0 c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV.

0 d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP.

02.7 If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6.

02.8 Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.

  • 02.9 Stop the HYDRO PUMP .

02.10 Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

2.11 Close the following (AS-388):

o a. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.

o b. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.

NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication),

Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.

o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.

END OF SECTION

  • PAGE 4 OF 30

SOP-112 REVISION 17

  • D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None.

CAUTION 2.0 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed.

o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'()

o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure .

o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT.

o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C).

END OF SECTION

  • PAGE 8 OF 30

6 .

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)

APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • Monday. June 12, 2009 P{/ge I of 10
  • TASK:

008-021-01-01 TASK STANDARD:

SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads.

PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

SOP-118 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 008000A408 A4.08 CCW pump control switch 3.1 2.8

  • TOOLS:

EVALUATION TIlIJE TIME START:

SOP-118 15 TIME FINISH:

TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 PERFORMANCE TIME:

PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT:

E.YAIJnNER:

SIGNATURE DATE

  • i'lfonduy. Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(}
  • RE4D TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed.

INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB.

Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.

HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME!

  • .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No No Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), Places the control switch for XPP-58B, standby pump in OFF. CCBP B, in OFF.

COMltJENTS: SAT .. ~_ ..

UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

.------------------------------------~

.EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going *

  • 'oop.
  • EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going

~1~0P.:.iUs.lh~r"!lnlna.p~mJ? __________________________  !

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train

  • TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in PULL-TO- B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

LOCK.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

1------------------------------------ *

  • Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
  • CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports
  • IA,!tal:h~el't ,YB.Js~0.Tp'!e~, !;x~ee! f£,r ~c!i~ !!:! t!!e ~CJ>~me. b!.e~e.! 01' '~' !!~n.______ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the Attachment VB with the exception of racking 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC. of SOP-118.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • ,Honday. June 22. 1009 Puge 5 oj 10
  • CUES:

STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open with indication of red light ON and open. green light OFF.

(This is the start of Step 2.4)

CO~HJENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

IE~a.!,!1i!:!.e~s.!l0~d..!:e9.u~st.re2r .s;h~c~ ______________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow XPP-0001 S, PUMP S speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:

  • Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
  • complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
  • Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-

.essentialloop.

  • NOTE TO EVALUATOR: Steps 6 - B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid
  • succession.

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Places control switch for MVS-9503S in stroking in the closed direction. CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.

COMJfENTS: SAT UNS.1T

  • Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 Page 6 of 10
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON- When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm

2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 NON- and 4000 gpm, perform the following in ESSEN LOAD ISOl. rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A NON- (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train ESSEN LOAD ISOl. CCW.) Places control switches for MV8*

2) Close MV8-9687Al9525A, LP A NON- 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687Al9525A, ESSEN LOAD ISOl. LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.) Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT lWSAT

  • Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 Puge 7 of 10
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 10 STEP STANDARD:

No No Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C Racked up in slow speed. Green light XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete ON.

Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on

'B'train).

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No No Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch After-Stop. in After-Stop.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No No Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. through RML-2B.

COMilfENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 Page 8 tlf 10
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Ensure the following valves have not The red light is ON and the green light is automatically closed due to high flow: OFF for all the following:

1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583,
2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB MVG-9593A,B,&C.
3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX
4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS: SAT ____ ~

UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • Jlondu),. June 12, 1009 Page 90j 10
  • JPM NO: JPS-068B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)

IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. INIT 10
2. When student is ready: RUN
3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:

RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B

4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:
  • Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110

JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:

INITl4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed.

INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB.

Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Jfondu),. June 22, 2009

SOP-118 REVISION 17 B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools.

D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 .

  • PAGE 5 OF 82

SOP-118 REVISION 17 CAUTION 2.0

a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start:

a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down.

2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start:

a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down.

b. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable .
  • o 2.1 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF.

NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, CHG o

Step 2.2 should be omitted.

2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows:

a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:

o 1) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)

o 2) Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B).

o b. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK.

  • PAGE 6 OF 82

SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o c. Perform one of the following:

1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.
2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.

2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows:

o a. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open.

o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r)

1) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A.
2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
  • CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.

o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction.

(PEER ,r)

d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:

o 1) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

o 2) Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

o 3) Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

o 4) Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

o 5) Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B.

  • PAGE 7 OF 82

SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued

e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:

D 1) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA.

D 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.

D f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).

g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:

D 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB.

D 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB.

D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTON HX .

  • D D

D h.

i.

4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.

Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02.

Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:

1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B.
2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.
j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):

D 1) One pump is in AUTO and operating.

D 2) One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

D 3) One pump is in OFF.

  • PAGE 8 OF 82

SOP-118 REVISION 17 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows:

o a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open.

o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "")

1) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B.
2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.

CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.

0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction.

(PEER "")

d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:

0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.

0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A.

e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:

0 1) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB.

0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.

0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) .

  • PAGE 9 OF 82

SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued

g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:

D 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB.

D 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB.

D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX.

D 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.

D h. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02.

D i. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:

1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A.
2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
  • D D
j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):

1) 2)

One pump is in AUTO and operating.

One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

D 3) One pump is in OFF.

OA D 2.5 Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running 9741 Component Cooling Water Pump Switch.

END OF SECTION

  • PAGE 10 OF 82

SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 Persons completing checklist (print) Initials COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started /

/ Date/Time completed /

ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B.

REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE

SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB

  • COMPONENT Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd)

DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 INITIALS VERIFIERS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

XSW1DA 07 CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT XSW1DA 07 CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP)

XSW1DA 07 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT)

XET2001C J436' (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED E NOTE 2 XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED E NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

XSWlOB 11 CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN XSW1DB 11 CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP)

XSWlOB 11 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT)

OA 9224 NOTE 1: When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK.

NOTE 2: Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows:

1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).
2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) .
  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9
  • TASK:

000-083-05-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW.

TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

AOP-115.5 LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 2.5 ammeter running lights, and flow meter TOOLS: AOP-115.5

  • EVALUATION TIME TIME START:

PERFORMANCE RA TING:

10 TIME FINISH:

SAT:

TLtlE CRITICAL UNSAT:

No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 (

PERFORMANCE TIME:

EXAMINER:

SIGNATURE DATE

  • JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9
  • READ TO OPERA TOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:

INITL4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are:

- RCS hot leg level is low.

- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

  • INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5. Attachment 2.

HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE!

  • Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available. Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS: SAT _ _

  • ~4T STEP: 3 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG Operator locates and places MVG-8107 LINE ISOL. and/or MVG- 8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • ;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 Page 5 0[9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-8885

a. Ensure all of the following are closed: closed; green light ON and red light OFF

- MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-

a. Ensure all of the following are closed: 8801A & B closed; verifies green lights

- MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG ON and red lights OFF.

INJ.

COMMENTS: SAT _ _ _

UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT Operator locates and places TRN A LEGS. PWR LCKOUT switch to ON.

Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 Page 6 of9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Operator locates and places MVG-8106 Isolation. in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Operator locates and places MVT-8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.

COMMENTS:

UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • :Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 Page 70/9
  • CUES:

STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A Operator locates and verifies SI flow CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. indicated on FI-940.

SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 PageS 0/9
  • JPM NO: JPSF-065 JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak SEVERITY =????

OVR-AA028 SELECT =TRUE ???

2. RUN
3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1.
4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 - 17.
5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200°F, then
  • 6. FREEZE
7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
  • Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9

JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are:

- RCS hot leg level is low.

- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment 2.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

l/lmday* ./une 21, 1009

/

f AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 3

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is available.

0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 1£ flQ Charging Pump is available. 0 THEN GO TO Step 13.

2 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 3 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B. 0 CHG LINE ISOl.

4 Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs:

a. Ensure all of the following are closed:
  • MVG-8885. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
  • MVG-8801A(B). 0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
b. Open MVG-8884. 0
  • CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS .
c. Close MVG-8106. CHG PP.

Miniflow Isolation.

d. Close MVT-8105.

SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.

0 0

5 Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. 0 6 Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

7 GO TO Step 15. 0 8 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0

  • PAGE 26 OF 39

/ AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 3

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION

a. Close MVG-8884.

CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.

o

b. Open MVG-8886. o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.

10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM.

GO TO Step 13. o 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs:

  • a. Close MVG-8886 .

CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.

b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.

RCS LP A TO PUMP A.

c. Close MVG-8888A.

o 0

0 a) Close MVG-8886.

CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.

b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B.

c) Close MVG-8888B.

o 0

RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.

d. Close MVG-8887B. 0 d) Close MVG-8887A. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
e. Open MVG-8809A. 0 e) Open MVG-8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B.
f. Open MVG-8889. 0 f) Open MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
g. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is 0 g) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open.
h. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is 0 h) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is 0 open . open.
  • PAGE 27 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 3 OF 3

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 14 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
  • Sight Glass (local). 0 (L-1330).
  • Vi deo monitor. 0

15 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.

16 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 .

  • PAGE 28 OF 39
  • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC &GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERAT IONS COpy N).

ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED

  • Original signed by Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR 10106/03 DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCELLtD CANCtLLCU CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCt.LLtlJ CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE
  • Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 DOCUMENTREWEWFORM DOCUMENTRE~EWFORM Page 1 of __

Document Identific Identification ation nr... ln.. tn .. Nam.:

OrlglnalOl"l Name: LATHREN En, Ext: 55547 Mall Code: 410 Date: 11113/06 11113106 Document No.: AOP-115.5 AOP-11S.S Rev!'lon No.:

Revision 5 Change Letter: A TlUe:

Title:

LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) X SR IX SR O O QR 0 aR oNNS NNS Development Process Process::

Permanent: (check one) X X Normal Rev/Chg or o0 Edjtorial Editorial Correction Correction o Tempof!l'!y!'pproval

Description:

INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY; ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION TO ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG INJECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STEP 22.< TO ESTABLISH HOTLEG INJECTION AND THEN COLD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT IS ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERNATIVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING.

KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Change : ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS.

ReasonlSasia Is the SCOPE of the proc~u,...ffltCted I. procedure affected by thlt! this cohlngt?

change? NO Iilit 11 YESC I-,f- l Temporary Approval Final approval required by:

days)

(30 day.)

I QR DC&R Person Nollf\ed ss o..es Document ReViewers \ [:.f'C,C5, ',. CI Co~""

Position TypefPml Type/Print Name Comments y""""

YesINo Position Position TypeJPrlnt Type/Print Name ~""

Comrnents Yes/No Yet/No

\1 ."'". . .J iJ ~

QB IOP§I QB{OPSl O~

o~  ;;;

Ci DO 00 "0

I:

Q)

~

'5

'5 0'

Q)

~

§g tfi til C ~(1)

('~

('21, (t2 \I .d'- ....tL J

C1!.,./

DIlJ Dill 0Dl6l16l E

c 0

....:0

...."0 DO 00 DO 00 a:

a:: :ct-00 OO 00 00 00 Co. Comment Due D7e (I

Dare 30

!0<.:,

" 30 0<0 iIIIIm_ _

All Comments Resolved DlJ Yes Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630 SAP.()6JO \Xl NA lID __ O OMLSA MLSA InitlallOllite InitiaVOate 50.59 ApplicabilitylReview Applicability/Review Completed (SAP*0107) (SAP-0107) I?:I KI NA o Yes, Attached Pre-Implementation Pre-implementation Training Completed ~' NA (l DYes TrainIng required after implementation Training ~ NA

[iJ DYes, CER #

PSRC Review Completed Gl NA

~ DYes. Mtg. No. _ _ _ __

NSRC Review Completed 0 NA DYes, Mtg.

Other. NA

  • Failure by the "Additional Reviewers" to provide cornmenidue comment due date may be considered as "No Commenr.
comments within 5 working days Comment",

'Pl llr'Wlrln

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE PURPOSE 1 SCOPE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACTIONS 2 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Establishing Cold Leg Injection 24 Attachment 2 - Establishing Hot Leg Injection 26 Attachment 3 - Establishing RCS Makeup 29 Attachment 4 - Reducing RCS Makeup 31 Attachment 5 - RVLIS Indications 38 Attachment 6 - Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39
  • PAGE

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • 1.

REFERENCES Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2.

2. FSAR 5.5.7.
3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System.
4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal.
5. E-302-641.
6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
7. TWR-DGI0894. Tab M43. D.Gatlin.

COMMITMENTS

1. COl - NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions): Step 15.

REVISION

SUMMARY

Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation. Added Scope.

Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.

Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004: In Step 17.

Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.

  • PAGE ii

AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • PURPOSE This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact.

SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59. and SAP~630 apply to this procedure.

SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS

1. No RHR Pump is running.
2. Air~binding of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:
  • Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
  • Erratic RHR flow indicated on FI~605A(B). PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
  • Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PI~600A(B).

PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.

  • Excessive RHR Pump noise.
  • RHR Pump cavitation.
3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment 6.
4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing AOP~115.1. RHR PUMP VORTEXING. have been unsuccessful.
7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps.
8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610 1~1).
  • RHR PP B TRIP (XCP~610 2~1).
  • 9. Entered from the EOPs.

PAGE 1 OF 39

AOP~ 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE OPERATOR ACTIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTION
  • RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers. -
  • Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass.

RVLIS indication. and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS.

Q Stop ~ RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.

  • 2 Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:
  • Monitor TR~413. 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
  • Implement STP-I03.001. REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.

3 Determine and correct the cause of 0

~ RHR Pump trip.

  • PAGE 2 OF 39

AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 4 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
  • Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
  • Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

4 Start ~ available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. D

a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;
  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches).
b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
  • MVG-8701A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
  • MVG-8702A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.
  • MVG-8888A(B). RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open.
c. Close HCV-603A(B). A(B) OUTLET. D
d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%.
e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN.
f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page)

PAGE 3 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
h. Perform the following:

amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A(B).

o

2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available. THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. - -

IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available. THEN GO TO Step 11. - -

i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits.

REFER TO Attachment 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW.

j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.

5 Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 5 IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 running. THEN GO TO Step 11.

6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing. REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:

a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down.

b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr.

  • PAGE 4 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.

7 Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME

a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM.

return header (AB-412):

1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0
d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow.

8 Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.

9 Restore RCS temperature:

a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50° F/hr.
b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value.

10 RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect.

  • PAGE 5 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION

a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c). LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves.
b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL.
c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154. D XS LTDN ISOL.
d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D
e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board.

12 Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST:

a. Open LCV-115B. D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
  • b. Open LCV-1l5D.

RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.

c. Close LCV-115C(E).

VCT OUTLET I SOL.

D D

  • PAGE 6 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 13 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure.

13 Alert plant personnel:

a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system.
b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
c. Repeat the announcement. 0
d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags.
  • *14 Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels.

15 Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours:

a. REFER TO STP-147.001. REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST.
b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.

16 Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM.

  • PAGE 7 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE CAUTION - Step 17 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
  • Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
  • To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup.

NOTE - Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.

  • 17 Check core exit TC temperatures o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 LESS THAN 200°F. HOT LEG INJECTION.

1£ core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 19. o

  • PAGE 8 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 18 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 F.

0 18 Check RCS level:

a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. D elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.

on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches).
  • b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
  • Mansell Level Moni tori ng System.

D

b. GO TO ATTACHMENT 3.

ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.

D

  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches).

19 Identify and isolate ~ RCS D leakage paths.

  • PAGE 9 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 20 ALTERNATIVE ACTION To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.

20 Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. 0 available:

a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact.
b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
  • 21 Establish a secondary heat sink:
a. Establish Emergency Feedwater flow. REFER TO SOP-211.

EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM.

0

b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%.
c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves.
  • PAGE 10 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
  • 22 Check if RHR can be restored:
a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level ALTERNATIVE ACTION
  • 22 WHEN conditions are met to restore []

an RHR loop to service. THEN CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23.

EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: 1£ RHR can NOT be restored. THEN perform the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring []

System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []

  • Video Monitor. []
  • Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25.

(L-1330) (15.5 inches).

  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES []

(L-1331) (15.5 inches).

b. An RHR Pump is available for []

operation.

c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. []

200 F.

0 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.

1£ core exit TC temperatures []

continue to increase. THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 24. []

  • PAGE 11 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 23 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service:

a. Verify both of the following: a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the o NOTE prior to Step 25 .
  • XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). is 0 available .
  • RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS.
b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path:
  • 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).

RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS.

2) Open MVG-8701A(B).

RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B).

o 0

3) Open MVG-8702A(B). 0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B).
4) Close HCV-603A(B). 0 A(B) OUTLET.
5) Close FCV-605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page)
  • PAGE 12 OF 39

AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)

ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)

NOTE ~ Step 23. d

  • If venting is required. RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.
  • If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm.
d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 level elevation is GREATER THAN STP-105.006. SAFETY OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL indicated on the following: MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST.
  • Mansell Level Monitoring System.

o o

  • Video Monitor.
  • Sight Glass (local). o
  • LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L~1330) (15.5 inches).

o

  • LR~ 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L~1331) (15.5 inches).

o

e. Throttle FCV~605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%.
f. Start XPP~0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page)
  • PAGE 13 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)
g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B) PUMP A(B) D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)
g. Perform the following:

amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B). PUMP D A( B) .

2) 1£ the other RHR loop is D available. THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop.

1£ the other RHR loop is NOT available. THEN perform the following:

a) Start trending core exit D TCs.

b) GO TO Step 25. Observe D the NOTE prior to Step 25.

h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits.

REFER TO ATTACHMENT 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW.

i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).

A(B) BYP. to the desired flow.

j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down .
  • PAGE 14 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 24 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.

24 Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME

a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM.

return header (AB-412):

1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0
d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow.
  • PAGE 15 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 25 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System.
  • 25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST:
a. Check if RWST level is LESS D a. II RWST 1eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26.

GO TO Step 27. D

b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
  • LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
  • LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D
  • c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A:
1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in PULL TO LK NON-A.

D

c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train B:
1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A.

D

2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).
3) Close MVG-3001A. D 3) Close MVG-3001B. D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
4) Close MVG-3002A. D 4) Close MVG-3002B. D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
5) Close MVG-3003A. D 5) Close MVG-3003B. D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B.
6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).
7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374) .

(Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page)

PAGE 16 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 25 continued)
8) Transfer water as follows:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued)

8) Transfer water as follows:

a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.

b) Start XPP0038A. PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B. PUMP B. 0 c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer: transfer:

(1) Place XPPOO38A. 0 (1) Place XPPOO38B. 0 PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A.

(2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.

d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft .
  • PAGE 17 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 26 Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 F:

0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION

a. Monitor RWST temperature:
  • TI-7505. TEMP F.0 D
  • TI-7507. TEMP F.0 D
b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F:
1) Verify XPP0032B-SF. SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF. SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)' is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
2) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412). Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
3) Close the following:
  • XVG06661-SF. SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).
  • XVG06667-SF. SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
  • XVG06663-SF. SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
  • XVG06660-SF. SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).
  • XVG06665-SF. SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL VLV (AB -412) .
  • XVD06690-SF. SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).
  • XVG06668-SF. FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)'

(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page)

PAGE 18 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
4) Open the following:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)

  • XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVT06691-SF. 0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
  • XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
  • XVT06659-SF. SPENT FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).
  • XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE 0

(AB-388).

5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):

a) Open XVB09624B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE.

b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET VLV. is throttled open.

c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads.

6) Start XPP0032B-SF. SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).

(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page)

PAGE 19 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)

Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.

27 Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced:

a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. D temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j.

200 F.

0

b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. D elevation is stable or increasing.
c. Verify RHR cooling is restored. D 28 Reduce RCS makeup:
a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP.
b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:

elevation is stable or increasing. 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. D REFER TO ATTACHMENT 3.

ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.

2) GO TO Step 32. D
  • PAGE 20 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 29 Secure RWST Cooling:
a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS 0 THAN 1000 F. THAN 100°F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30.

RETURN TO Step 5. 0

b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF. 0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
c. Locally close the following:
  • XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVT06691-SF. SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
  • XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
  • XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
  • XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .
  • PAGE 21 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 30 Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION

a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32.

RETURN TO Step 5. 0

b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal:
1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A.
2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).
5) Open MVG-3001A. 0 5) Open MVG-3001B. 0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) .

31 RETURN TO Step 5. 0 32 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:

are stable OR decreasing.

a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.

b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr.

  • PAGE 22 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 33 Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F:
a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION THAN 50°F/hr.
b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down. REFER TO SOP-115.

RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.

c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F.

34 Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
  • Vi deo Monitor. 0
  • Sight Glass (local). 0
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L-1331) (15.5 inches).

35 Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions 0

exist:

  • Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.

OR

  • Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462.

COLD CAL LEVEL %.

36 Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions.

I- End of AOP 115.5 I - - - - - - - - - - -

  • PAGE 23 OF 39

AOP~1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 2

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.

0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.

1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7.

2 Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108. 0 CHG LINE ISOL.

3 Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs:

a. Open MVG~8801A(B). 0 a) Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.

b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B). 0

b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ.

on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed.

LG FLOW GPM.

c) Open MVG-8885. 0

c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.

Miniflow Isolation .

d) Close MVG-8106. CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.

e) Close MVT-8105. 0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.

f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 4 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0

  • FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7. 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

OR

  • FI~940. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

5 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.

6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 .

PAGE 24 OF 39

AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 2

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:

a. Close MVG~8701A and MVG-8702A. 0 a) Close MVG~8701B and MVG~8702B. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
b. Close MVG-8887B. 0 b) Close MVG~8887A. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
c. Open MVG~8809A. 0 c) Open MVG~8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B.
d. Open MVG~8888A. 0 d) Open MVG~8888B. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
e. Ensure HCV~603A. A OUTLET. is 0 e) Ensure HCV~603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open.
f. Ensure open.

FCV~605A. A BYP. is o f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is open.

o 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

MONITORING:

  • Sight Glass (local). o
  • Video monitor. o
  • LR~1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L~1331).

9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --

10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 .

  • PAGE 25 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 2

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.

D ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.

1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7.

2 Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level.

3 Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

MONITORING:

  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
  • Vi deo monitor. D

4 Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing .

5 Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.

6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 .

  • PAGE 29 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 2

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:

a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A. [] a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. []

RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.

b. Close MVG-8887B. [] b) Close MVG-8887A. []

RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.

c. Open MVG-8809A. [] c) Open MVG-8809B. []

RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B.

d. Open MVG-8888A. [] d) Open MVG-8888B. []

RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.

e. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is [] e) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is []

open. open.

f. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is [] f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is []

open. open.

8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

MONITORING:

  • Sight Glass (local). []
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES []

(L-1330)'

  • Vi dec monitor. []
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES []

(L-1331).

9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to []

GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -

10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, []

Step 19.

  • PAGE 30 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.

0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 GO TO Step 9. 0 2 Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. 0 Hot Leg Injection:

  • MVG-8884 or MVG-8886. CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .
  • SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

3 Terminate Hot Leg Injection:

a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0
b. Open both LCV-115C(E). 0 VCT OUTLET ISOL.
c. Close both LCV-115B(D). 0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT .
d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0
e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.
g. Close MVG-8884. 0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.
h. Close MVG-8886. 0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.

i . Start one Charging Pump. 0

j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.

4 Monitor RCS level. 0 5 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.

  • PAGE 31 OF 39

AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.

Step 28.

0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. 0 Cold Leg Injection:

a. One of the following valves is open:
  • MVG-8801A(B). 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.

OR

  • MVG-8885. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.
b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B)

CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

  • PAGE 32 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 3 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 8 Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D ALTERNATIVE ACTION
b. Open both LCV-115CCE). D VCT OUTLET I SOL.
c. Close both LCV-115BCD). D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D
e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.
g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
  • MVG-8801ACB). D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .
  • MVG-8885.

CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.

h. Start one Charging Pump.
i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D

D D

obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.

9 Monitor RCS level. D 10 Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING D increasing. COLD LEG INJECTION.

11 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 .

  • PAGE 33 OF 39

AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 4 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 12 Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION 12 GO TO Step 15. 0

a. XPP~0031A. PUMP A. is secured. 0
b. MVG~8809A. RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open.
c. MVG~8701A and MVG~8702A. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed.
d. One of the following is open:
  • MVG~8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
  • MVG~8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
  • PAGE 34 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 5 OF 7

  • 13 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Realign RHR Loop A:
a. Close both of the following:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION

  • MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
  • MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
b. Monitor RCS level. 0
c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. Perform the following:

increasing.

1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.

OR

  • MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
d. Close MVG-8809A. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A.
e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A. RCS LP A TO PUMP A.
f. Open MVG-8887B. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS.
g. Open MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.
h. Set FCV-605A. A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A. A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
  • PAGE 35 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 6 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 15 Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.

Step 28.

0

a. XPP-0031B. PUMP B. is OFF. 0
b. MVG-8809B. RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open.
c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed.
d. One of the following is open:
  • MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
  • MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS .
  • PAGE 36 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 7 OF 7

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B:
a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng ALTERNATIVE ACTION are closed:
1) MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
2) MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
b. Monitor RCS 1evel . 0
c. Veri fy RCS 1eve 1 is stable or 0 c. Perform the following:

increasing.

1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.

OR

  • MVG-8889 . 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS.
2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
d. Close MVG-8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP B.
e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
f. Open MVG-8887A. 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
g. Open MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
h. Set FCV-605B. B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
  • PAGE 37 OF 39

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5

  • RVLlS INDICATIONS UPPER ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 PLENUM ELEVATION

(%) <Fn (Fn 110 100 90 80 70

  • MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR MANSELUMIDLDOP ELEVATION INCHES INCHES RVLlS UPPER (FT) ABOVE ABOVECL CL PLENUM (%)

430'0" 430' 0" 5%

5% -9 65.3 430' 8 %"W' 14 *1/2

-1/2 66.9 CENTERLINE 430'9" 14%

14 Yl 0 67.0 67 .0 430' 10" 15 1/2 15% 1 67.2 430' 11" 11 " 16%

16 '12 2 67.4 67 .4 431' 1" 431'1" 18%

18 '12 4 67.8 67 .8 431' 431'3"3" 20%

20 '12 6 68.2 431' 5" 22%

22 % 8 68,7 68.7 BOTTOM OF SG BOWL 431 10" 431 27 '12 27% 13 69.7 It 431' 10 %"

431'10 '/2" 28 13 '12% 69.8 OF Hl PIPE 431 11 %"

431 29 14 '12 14% 70.0 RCPFLANGE 435' 435'0" 0" //////11/

111111111 111111111

//////11/ 77.7

  • RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 437' 7.4" 111111111

//11//11/ 111111111

//////11/ 84.3

AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._- - ,~-~.-

._._---_. 19%"

2"

I I I I 1-- TECH SPEC V 431' I REQmRED FLOW

/

V 19" 1'1.' I >2800GPMIN R V E

flllODE6 431' Q 1" 18'1.'

I U

I R

E 431' "12" REGION OF I

I I

I

/

V 18" R D

ACCEPTABLE OPERATION I I

V E H 431' IN MODE 5 I V

/ 17'1.'

Q U

lV 0 I T R 430' E 17" L 11%"

  • D E

V* I REGION OF

  • G I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION H 430' 11"
  • 16%" 0 L

E V

E 430' 10'1.'

)

V I I

I

  • 16" T

L E

L V I I G E

430' 10" . / I I

15'1.' L L

E I I I

E V

A 430' 9'/.'

If

/ I L

I 15" V

E L

T I

0 N

430' 9"

If I I I

I 1

14'/.'

430' 8'1.'

/ 1 I

I I

14" I

430' 8" I L 13%"

  • 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM)

PAGE 39 OF 39 uoo 4.000

APPRO~~'fL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • MOlltiay. JIIII£' 12, 1()()9 Pag£' I 0/9

TASK:

045-020-04-01 RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP TASK STANDARD:

Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.

PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No 10CFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:

PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT:

EXAMINER:

SI(iNATtJRE DATE

  • Jfollday. Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9
  • READ TO OPERA TOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.

HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE!

  • Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: Operator determines main turbine has

a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM closed. STOP VLV status lights and/or LVDT current indicates stop valves still open.

C01"li"IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Trip the turbine. Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.

Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Monday. June 12. 1009 Page 50f9
  • CUES:

STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD:

Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red NON-A. lights OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD:

Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies Locally trip the Main Turbine from the main turbine trip indication via XCP-Turbine Front Standard (TB-463). 6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or LVDT meter readings.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:

  • NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
  • from MCB.

I ______ ------------------------------~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR delay): and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF.

1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is
2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. tripped; green light ON and red light
3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • .llonday. June 21, ]()()9 Page 6 0/9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify both ESF busses are energized. Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated: Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT Check if either: lit.

SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1- AND 1.

checks XCP-626 top row and OR determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit.

Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Honday, June 21, 2009 Page 'i of9
  • CR SEQ CL'ES:

STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Check if SI is required: Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 Check if any of the following conditions exist: psig.

- PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig.

- RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig.

- Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig.

- Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid.

COMil'IENTS: SAT _ _

UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES:

1------------------------------------.

I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR

.p!.e~u!.e is ~ 1~5~ p~i~ ___________________________ .:

  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch.

STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • .l!onJay* .llIne 21, 1()()9 Page 8 of9

IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN
2. Activate:

MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual)

MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3)

MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'A')

MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'B')

MALF MSS006C =

SET Fail to Close (MSIV'C')

MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A')

MALF PCS005B =

SET Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B')

  • 3. When student ready:

RUN

4. When requested, activate:

LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)

Set Trigger #1.

COi\;LUENTS:

  • MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9

JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Jfontiay. Jllne 12, 2()()9

f.

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf':

EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • ,lfollda),* .lillie 12. 2009 Page J of9
  • TASK:

026-005-01-01 TASK STANDARD:

MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME

-- ~- ~- ---~- -- -_.- -- ---

PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT:

EXAll'lINER:

SIGNATURE DATE

  • Mllllday. JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9
  • READ TO OPERA TOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME'

  • Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

CR SEQ STEP STA.NDARD:

No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS Operator locates PR-951, determines THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), RB pressure> 12 psig and goes to red pen. Alternative Action.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 lit: 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit.

- XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).

- XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL).

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

1------------------------------------ .

  • EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
  • spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not *

.~~----------------------------------.

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 actuate RB Spray by placing the following AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE switches to ACTUATE: position.

- Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2.

OR

- Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2.

COJ-I/'rfENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 Page -' 0/9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are the following lits are NOT lit:

bright on XCP-6105.

MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN COMiUENTS: SAT

  • CUES:

STEP: 5 UNSAT CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-

- MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP 3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN.

A(B) SUCT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.

COiUMENTS: SAT _~ ___ ~

UNSAT

  • MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 Page 6 0/9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 6 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-

- MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP 3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN.

A(B) SUeT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-

- MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP 3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN.

  • COMMENTS:

A(B) . Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.

SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in NORMAL-AFTER-START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps.

COJJMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • HOliday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page':' 0/9
  • CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 2500 gpm for each operating train on: and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm.

- FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.

- FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES:

1------------------------------------ *

  • NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
  • b2 ~o~~ !2.Y ,2t ~a~t !l'i~s~p.ln .lh~*.pr.oc~,!;!r~ __________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps.

COMJl-fENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • ;\fonda),* .lillie n. 2009 Page 8 of9
  • JP1U NO: JPSF-019B JPl\-l SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN

'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1.Activate:

BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)

CS-SGA 1 (Train A)

OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)

CS-SGA2 (Train A)

NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????

2.RUN until RB pressure> 12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running.

3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0.
3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:

Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.

  • MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9

JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:

INITL4.L CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Jfol1doy* .lime 22. 2009

EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
  • 8 Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951.

RB PSIG (P-951). red pen.

ALTERNATIVE ACTION D

  • 8 Perform the following:

a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:

  • XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). D
  • XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). D IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
  • Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. D OR
  • Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. D b) Verify Phase B Isolation by D ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 .
  • c) Ensure the following are open:
  • MVG-3001A(B),

RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .

D

  • MVG-3002A(B), D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
  • MVG-3003A(B). D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B).

d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are D running.

e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:

  • FI-7368, D SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
  • FI-7378, D SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.

f) Stop Qll RCPs. D

  • PAGE 6 OF 33
  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED

  • Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7
  • TASK:

TASK STANDARD:

RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV.

TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed.

PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000038A104 EA1.04 PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure 0000092123 2.1.23 Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.

  • 00WE03A101 TOOLS:

EA1.1 EOP-2.1 Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 4.0 4.0 EVALUA TION TIME 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START: TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:

-~-~-----~ ---~~~--- _.. --,,-.--~~

PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: L!NSAT:

E.XAMINER:

SIGNATURE DATE

  • M01lday* .Il1ne 11. 1009 Page1o/7
  • READ TO OPERA TOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1. POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8.

HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME'

  • ilJonday. June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7
  • STEPS CUES:

STEP:

1------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:

.0.Eer.at~n.l.if,1h~ o.ee~t2.'" 2.ttE!.mE.ts..!0~s2 E,ZB ~r~y 'ya.!.ve~, .2s~ a.!0ll,0"!-u£ CJ..u~ti.2n~ ____

  • CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: Operator selects PZR Spray valves to

a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: operate.

- Using RCP A: Locates and depresses OPEN button on

1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. PCV-444D controller; notes red light
2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON.

OR Locates and depresses CLOSED button

- Using RCP B: on PCV-444C controller; notes red light

1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON.
2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action.

CO,tfMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • CUES:

la~s2.ci.2.te2 CR SEQ STEP: 2

  • NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for

~o~k '!.a~e;.. ___________________________

STEP STANDARD:

.I Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to Operator locates and places control depressurize the RCS. switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.

COil-lMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page 50f7
  • CUES:

STEP: 3 IE~a~al0r:.N2.te.;. ~d~r~e .£o~d~o~s ~iILaePl~ ___________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% Operator locates and verifies PZR level

[50%]. indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value).

COMJl'fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization. After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE.

Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close.

Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

  • Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 6 of7
  • JP]f NO: JPSF-150A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed)

VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed)

2. RUN
3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7.
4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST
6. FREEZE
  • 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:

PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0

9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.

COiUMENTS:

  • MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7

JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8.

  • HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK .

.1follllay. JUlie 21. 1()()9

EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:

ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1£ SI has been terminated. THEN GO TO Step 13.

D

  • Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943.

CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM.

OR

  • Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode.

NOTE - Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level.

8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:

  • a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:
1) Open PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS .

D

2) Close PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D OR
1) Open PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D
2) Close PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
b. Verify PZR 1eve 1 is GREATER D b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D THAN 30% [50%]. 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8.

CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9.

c. Stop RCS depressurization. D
  • PAGE 6 OF 21

~

(120 V~(j)

V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL: WRQ APPRm~IL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l ~"'[)I[)A rF EX.\~IINFR THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 Puge I of 15

8 J:4SK:

TASK SJ:4SDARD:

Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.

TERMIN.*' TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.

PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION ,\fETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM

REFERENCES:

/.'VDEXNO. KIA NO. RO SRO 015000A303 A3.03 Verification of proper 3.9 3.9 functioning/operability 015000A402 A4.02 NIS indicators 3.9 3.9 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 TIML START riME EI'IISfI: PLRfORMANCF TIME PERFOR~14NCE RA.T1NG: S:\T U~S.\T:

EXAIIJINER:

SI(;NATURE IJATE Jfonaay, June n, 11)09

  • " READ TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.

  • HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda),* .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5

--* STEPS ClES:

STEP:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and Operator records approximately 60 cps II. on Attachment I.

COllJME.VTS: SAT U,vSAT STEP: 2 CVES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.

COMMENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB 620 4-5) alarms. CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.

COMMENTS: SAT U;VSAT

\fonday. Jllne n. 20119 PUKe 5 oj 15

(I STEP: 4 CVES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR Operator turns the OPERATIONAL switch to LEVEL ADJUST. SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.

COMJIE:YTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit

1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST
2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.

3-4) alarms.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STA!VDARD:

Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.

COMiIIENTS: SAT UNSAT lfollJay. Jllne 21. 1009 Page 6 of 15

STEP: 7 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit.

1) P6 monitor light is lit.
2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.

COM,'.IEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-

Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COIIIIIIENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise drawer light is lit. until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT II00Ido)' * .JlIne 11. 20/19 Page 7 of 15

8 STEP: 10 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip Operator records approximately 20 (+/-

setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COM!.JENTS: SAT L'NSAT STEP: 11 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit.

COiIU,fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX is lit. HI monitor light on the MCB is lit.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

.!follday* .lillie 11. 2f1119 Page II "115

STEP: 13 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint Operator records approximately 25 (+/-

on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COiIJiIJENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 14 Cl'ES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 TRIP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

COMiHENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 15 CVES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX is off. HI monitor light on the MCB is off.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 Page 9 of 15

-* CVES:

CR SEQ STEP: 16 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset Operator records approximately 20 (+/-

setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COAfMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 17 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP ST*' NDA RD:

Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.

COMMENTS: SAT UNS.4T STEP: 18 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset Operator records approximately 19 (+/-

setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COlIJ.'rIE:VTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollda),. JUlJe 11. 1009 Puge 10 of 15

& C['ES:

CR SEQ STEP: 19 STEP STA/IiDARD:

Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.

COMJJEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 20 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off.

1) P6 monitor light is off.
2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.

COIllMENTS: SAT U;VSAT STEP: 21 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Operator records approximately 7(+/-

Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Monday, lillie 11, 1009 Page /I of 15

(I

  • CUES:

CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 22 Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.

STEP STANDARD:

Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.

COM,UENTS: SAT U.VSAT STEP: 23 CCES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch Operator turns the OPERATOR through all positions, recording the indication SELECTOR switch through all positions, for each position on Attachment I. recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:

TRIP 1: 25 (+1- 5.0)

TRIP 2: 19 (+1- 5.0)

TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1- 0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%): 4.5 (+1- 0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1- 0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (- 5.0)

  • COMMENTS:

CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 24 STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to Operator turns the OPERATOR NORMAL. SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL.

COMJIE\TS: SAT l;.vSAT

.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 Page 12 of 15

e STEP: 25 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off

1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator
2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears.

3-4) clears.

COJUfE:VTS: SAT UVSAT STEP: 26 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.

COM.'l.JENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 27 CCES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and 620 4-5) clears. the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light
3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. on the MCB is off.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 Page I.i of 15

-* CUES:

CR SEQ STEP: 28 STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second Operator enters "NORMAL" in the operator. blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 ..

CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch.

COiHMENTS: SAT lWSAT STEP: 29 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency. Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II.

COM.'IlENTS:

COM:HENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Examiner ends JPM at this point.

\lollday* .fIlJle 12. ]()09 Ptlge U oIl5

-* JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:

JPM SETUP SHEET INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST

/c SET:

INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

.\follda),* .Il1ne n. 1(}09

JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Monday. June 12, 2009

SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERAliONS COpy NO._ _ __

SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker 11/06/98 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original Signed By: G. Williams 11/09/98 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE

  • CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION DATE CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE CANCELLATION DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4

  • 1.0 SECTION PURPOSE TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.0 PROCEDURE 7.0 DATA REQUIREMENTS 6 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 6

9.0 REFERENCES

6 10.0 ENCLOSURES 6 ATTACHMENTS Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data

  • Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data

STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1.

2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time.

2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip.

3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None.

4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days.

5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None .

  • 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power.

6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II.

PAGE 1 OF 6

STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows:

a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
f. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is lit.
2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.
g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I.
  • h.

i.

j.

Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.

Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I.

Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.

k. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.

I. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I.

m. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 2 OF 6

STP-102.003 REVISION 4

n. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
s. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is off.
2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.
1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I.
u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I.
w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
x. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
  • y.

z.

2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.

Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.

Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.

aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 3 OF 6

STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.3 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows:

a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
f. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is lit.
2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit.
g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II.
  • h.

i.

j.

Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.

Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II.

Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.

k. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.

I. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II.

m. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 4 OF6

STP-102.003 REVISION 4

n. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
s. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is off.
2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off.
t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II.
u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II.
w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
x. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
  • y.

z.

2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.

Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.

Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.

aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 5 OF 6

STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.

7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II.

8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.

9.0 REFERENCES

9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1.

9.2 1MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual.

10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None.

PAGE 6 OF 6

STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _____ _

INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA

1. REACTOR POWER _ __ __ __
2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-6% ~ 4.5 X 10-60/0 7.5 X 10-6%

PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-6%

PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20%

STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% 25%

HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A

3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)

2%

10-2%

10-100%

5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ ___ __ __ ________ __ _ _ ___ _ _

STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# _ _ __

INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA

1. REACTOR POWER_ _ _ __
2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-60/0 ~ 4.5 X 10-6% 7.5 X 10-6%

PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20%

STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP ~25% ~31% 25%

HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A

3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)

10-2%

100%

5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

l V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10: JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED

,\lollda),. JlIlle 11. 1009 Page lof9

-* TASK:

000-117-05-04 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436). The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip".

TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED E'~ILUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE

REFERENCES:

EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.

TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8

  • TIML START:

PERFORMANCE RATING:

EXAMINER:

TIMIIINISIi' SAT' UNS,\T PERI ()R~IAN('E SIGN,\TURE TIM!"

D.\TE

,Ifill/day* .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9

  • READ TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area.

INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.

INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1.

.:A------------------------------~

T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :

ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

.------------------------------~

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :

IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I

PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :

L I ______________________________ ~I I I HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.'

\louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9

-* STEPS CVES:

STEP:

1------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp:

land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.

IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them .

I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations. Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted);

Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR

~c2v2!a.!!s21~~p.La~~e~h1.rt~n.2.p2n,ts* _____________________ ~

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers. Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.

COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

STEP STANDARD:

CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags.

COMJ'j,IENTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 PageS of9

"* CCES:

STEP: 3

.------------------------------------~

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light

,a,!!d~al ,,!h~ I~h.!,i~*.o.t'"~ft!r .!.h~ '2P~a~ 2,a~ 2! !beJ>i~o!.gljp~ ___________ ..

I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR Operator opens MG set generator breaker. breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES:

1------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light  :

,a,!!d~al "rh~ I~h.!, iiLL!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i '2P~a!2 2,a stt 2! !bejli~o!...9r:!P~ ___________ ..

CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD:

Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:

,s,2y ":T~s..!.ig,bt ~ 9,F,E" ~ft~ !!:,e,l: o~!.a~ e~c,b ~ t!l.e £is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;. ____________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR Operator attempts to open MG set breaker. generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

COMM E.'VTS: SAT CiVSAT Ifollday* ./1I11l! 22. 1009 PlIgeo of9

STEP: 6 CL'ES:

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:

IS~y ':T~s.,!!g,bt ~ QF,E" ~ft~ ~ej; o~,!;.a~ e~c,b '! t!;,e ~is.!.oljJri£s.;. ____________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

COJI*JfENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES:

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.

IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing.

I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1.

STEP STANDARD:

CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

.Hollday. June 12, 1009 Page 7 n/9

STEP: 8 Cl'ES:

EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and

,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.

'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If

'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say

'"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red

'"CLOSED" flag is showing.

'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require

!~~rC!.L2.vo;! 1,,;, _____________________________ _

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results.

COLlU.tENTS: SAT lINSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.

Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 Puge 8 0/9

  • JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:

ICSET:

JPM SETUP SHEET LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR INSTRUCTIONS:

COJfMENTS:

~f""da)', Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9

JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area.

INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip.

but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.

LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0. Attachment 1.

r------------------------------------,

.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY *

PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009

EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION

  • The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped.

1 Open ~ the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR. Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR. Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463): Cabinet (IB-463):

  • XSWOO01-RT-A. 0
  • Generator No. 1 MOTOR. 0
  • Generator No. 2 GENERATOR. 0
  • XSWOO01-BYA. 0
  • Generator No. 2 MOTOR. 0 REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A.

1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped.

  • XSWOO01-BY-B. 0 THEN open the following breakers:

REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.

  • XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B 0 XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
  • XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A 0 XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).

2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete .

PAGE 12 OF 13

J V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION (S f'-'~I~'V' )

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL: JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5

( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page I of.7

TASK:

061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)

GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:

TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE

REFERENCES:

SOP-211 EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIANa. RO SRO 000007Al0B EA 1.0B AFW System 4.4 4.3 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation 3.4 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT:

EX4MINER:

SIGNATURE DATE

,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7

e

  • READ TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211.

IV.D. Step 2.1 .

.IA------------------------------~

T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :

ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

.------------------------------~

.------------------------------~

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
  • :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :

HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE:

.Ifollday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7

e STEPS STEP:

CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP Operator locates and rotates trip valve TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE manual handwheel fully clockwise to VALVE (IB-412), as follows: raise the trip latch.

a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,

Ib~tt2n.2n.2~s~ri.ug.!.h~~e_m2.n~l.!.ri~le.!'e!.is_e~~e~. _______________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage.

COMiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage Operator locates and manually pulls trip from the trip latch lever. latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

\fonJa),* .Iune 21, 1009 Ptlge 5 of7

e STEP: 4 CUES:

.------------------------------------~

,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to, It~e :::.a~e~t~m;.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter Operator locates and turns trip valve clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve.

COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED Operator locates and rotates the manual CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction as follows: (fully counter clockwise).

1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully Operator rotates the manual adjustment counterclockwise. knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).
2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT

  • Examiner ends JPM at this point.
\Iol/Jay. June 21. 1009 Page 6 of7

-* JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:

JPM SETUP SHEET RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET:

INSTRUCTIONS:

COM1IIENTS:

.~f()nJa)' * .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7

JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1.

r------------------------------------,

.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY *

PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009

SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP

  • 01.1 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows:

o a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.

o b. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage.

o c. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever.

o d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum.

CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes.

e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows:

o

1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.

o 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44

V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL: WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),. Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB

-* TASK:

TASK STA,VDARD:

Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE

REFERENCES:

SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 e TOOLS:

synchronizing light, static transfer)

SOP-310,Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT

  • EXAMINER:

SIUNATtIRJ- flAT/:

\fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8

  • READ TO OPERATOR:

INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.

INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310,Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3.

.~T ------------------------------~

NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :

~NY PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

.------------------------------~

.------------------------------~

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
  • :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
  • L______________________________
  • HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME'

~

Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8

STEPS STEP:

Cl'ES:

.------------------------------------~

.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in

  • ItI:!!sl'0~iti2n~ _______________________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the Locates and verifies the TEST CENTER position. TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.

COMMEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
  • 1.

IS!,i~hjs n ~i~J~u.!.h~e~) .E0~ti2"~ ______________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS PREF ISOLATE position. Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

COl.U.IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:

.------------------------------------~

.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *

  • right)" position." *

'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.

  • 1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ .

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 Locates and verifies APN 1FA 19, ALT VIA XIT5901 is closed. SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.

COiHJIENTS: SAT CVSAT lfonJoy, June n, 1009 Puge:; of8

STEP: 4 Cl'ES:

,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The ALT AC SOURCE ,

.Ble~k~ i~ill,th,!l ~I~e!! ~P£e!:r £O~iti2.n,,:, ____________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE inverter front. Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.

COJHIE,...,TS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:

,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The ,

.S.9Id.RfE_S§L§C.JC2..R §~tcb i~ ill,t,!s £O~ti2.n,,:, __________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDA RD:

Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up After one minute. locates and places period. place the SOURCE SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position. LINE position.

COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:

,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,

.S!"i~h..!s.T ,!tli~P2si!l0!:!;";,. __________________________ ..

CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS TO PREF position. Switch to BYP TO PREF position.

COil,IMENTS: SAT UNSAT I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 P"xe 6 /Jf8

  • " n'ES:

.EVALUATOR STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~

CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *

  • is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
  • s.2y.:T!l!sls~2t,llle_m2t~r~a2s.: _______________________
  • CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

No Yes Verify the following: Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120

a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. volts and frequency at 60 Hz.
b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.

COiUJ/E.VTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The *

,I'1.A~. §.Y£:A§s..S~t£hls ~ ~isJ>O..:>i!!.?'!;." _____________________

  • CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:

Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS NORMAL position. Switch to NORMAL position.

COl"tll*tENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say *

,"!h2, S2'LRfE_SSl!:~C.r0_Rl'wltc.!! i~ir;.thls E,o~ti2.n ..: ________________

  • CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD:

Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to Locates and places SOURCE the OUTPUT position. SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position COMJtENTS: SAT UNS.1T Examiner ends JPM at this point.

If"",/a),. Jlllle n. 1009 Page '70/8

JPM SETUP SHEET JPP-207 JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION: RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET:

INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8

JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:

SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.

I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310.Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3.

r------------------------------------,

iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I

PLANT EQUIPMENT!  :

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.

\fonda),. June 11. 2009

SOP-310 REVISION 10

  • o 1.1 o 1.2 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

XMC 1DA2Y or DPN 1HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front.

o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.

o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front.

02.2 After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.

02.3 Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.

2.4 Verify the following:

0 a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts.

  • 0 02.5 02.6
b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.

Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.

Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.

END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78